University Library 
 University of California Berkeley 
 
THE 
 
 LORD'S STRANGE 
 WORK 
 
 THE RETURN 
 
 JOHN, THE REVELATOR 
 
 A VOICE OF WARNING 
 
 THE APPROACHING END 
 
THE LORD'S STRANGE WORK 
 
 THE RETURN OF 
 JOHN, THE REVELATOR 
 
 A VOICE OF WARNING 
 
 THE APPROACHING END 
 
 FRANCIS M.; DARTER 
 
 AN ELDER IN THE CHURCiTOp JESUS CHRIST 
 OF LATTER DAY SAINTS 
 
 LONG BEACH, CAL. 
 1917 
 
O b 0^1 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 By way of introduction to the reader, that he may more 
 fully grasp the contents of this little volume and appreciate 
 the underlying principle that has prompted its presentation, 
 as the author, I wish to make the following remarks: 
 
 From childhood days my most pleasant moments have 
 been spent in contemplation of the interpretation of the 
 Holy Records and future destiny of man, and although 
 raised in the Christian Church, I did not hesitate to accept 
 the Restored Gospel of Jesus Christ as brought forth thru 
 the Prophet Joseph Smith. 
 
 After ten years of searching out the glorious principles 
 revealed thru this prophet, and the associated pleasure of 
 teaching and laboring in the Church, I became interested 
 in the redemption of Zion and Final Gathering of Israel. 
 
 It was in the year 1914, while laboring in Long Beach, 
 California, in the capacity of Theological Teacher that I 
 met my first opposition in presenting the closing scenes 
 pertaining to the final gathering of our people when Zion 
 of Missouri is redeemed. 
 
 This opposition unfortunately came from the leading 
 Brethren of the Church. 
 
 Being a lover 'of harmony and peace within the Church, 
 I made, in due time, the offer to confine my thoughts along 
 these lines to book form. The booklet "The Return of 
 John the Revelator the Elias and Forerunner of Jesus 
 Christ's Second Coming to Restore All Things and Gather 
 Israel" was the result. 
 
 On account of its publication becoming exhausted and 
 the increasing activity of thought along these lines among 
 the Brethren and Saints, and being unable to answer separ- 
 ately their correspondence and the many inquiries from 
 
members of the Church, the present volume has been pre- 
 pared to take its place, and is dedicated to those who love 
 to contemplate the great future plans and closing events 
 of this dispensation. 
 
 A good portion of these great subjects has been treated 
 and many beautiful quotations given, for in them lies the 
 only answer to the controversy. The Writer fully appreciates 
 that this little volume will be received by some as a blessing, 
 while others will contest it. Therefore, he has verified each 
 statement from many angles, for he realizes the responsi- 
 bility connected with portraying the works and plans of 
 God, and additional references are cited for the benefit of 
 those who disagree, in an endeavor to convince them. 
 
 To those who question the doctrine as presented, the 
 author has but one request to make, namely, that they 
 check it against the law and testimony as found in our Holy 
 Writ. 
 
 Many unpleasant things have been referred to, not from 
 choice but because of inward fear of judgment if the 
 writer failed to raise his voice in warning of the things that 
 God has made plain unto him. 
 
 Those who find truth and comfort in the following pages 
 and seek to place a copy within the reach of others, will no 
 doubt enjoy the blessings as promised by the Lord, who 
 said: 
 
 "Blessed are they who shall seek to bring forth my Zion 
 at that day, for they shall have the gift and the power of 
 the Holy Ghost, and if they endure unto the end, they shall 
 be lifted up at the last day, and shall be saved in the ever- 
 lasting Kingdom of the Lamb." (I Nephi 14:37.) 
 
 The disposition of the writer to drive his thoughts home 
 straight from the shoulder, without asking permission or 
 forgiveness, when he knows that he is right, may cause 
 some who are not acquainted with him to draw the wrong 
 conclusion; hence, it may be well to state that his sole pur- 
 pose in this book is to teach the Gospel and warn the 
 law-breaker without the thought of fear. Those (if there 
 
be any) who undertake to or make it appear otherwise, 
 state that which is not true. 
 
 In presenting the future missions of the various apostles 
 and prophets who are coming to bring judgment against the 
 wicked and gather the righteous of Israel and Gentiles, 
 Chapter I has been written to lead the reader's mind up 
 to the question as to the whys and wherefores of their 
 mission. 
 
 The book, as a whole, is intended to assist in opening the 
 eyes of all branches of Israel in seeing the mighty approach- 
 ing judgments and plans of God. 
 
 The writer appreciates that many will not concur or have 
 any faith in the fulfillment of the great events referred to, 
 but as time rolls by and these prophets take up their 
 respective missions among men, if the previous reading of 
 these events, as presented in this book, assists the reader to 
 contemplate and appreciate that these prophets are ful- 
 filling the works of God, then the purpose of the book and 
 the efforts put forth in compiling it will have accomplished 
 their purpose. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
 Quotations taken from the Bible, the Book of Mormon; 
 the Doctrine and Covenants (Revelations given thru the 
 Prophet Joseph Smith) ; " Joseph Smith's Teachings," also as 
 quoted in "Compendium;" Pearl of Great Price (Writings of 
 Abraham as found in Egypt) ; and from history. 
 
CHAPTER I. 
 
 THE STATUS OF THE GOSPEL 
 OF JESUS CHRIST 
 
 The Gospel of Jesus Christ has thruout the past ages 
 proved itself to be man's only salvation. Though many have 
 ignored it and have temporarily enjoyed worldly pleasures 
 at the cost of breaking divine laws, yet they pass away, as 
 the flower of the field, and soon find themselves in the valley 
 of death and at the judgment bar of God; hence, it is only 
 those who have lived and obeyed the law of the great law- 
 giver who are able to declare this life a success, and who 
 are ready, when it is completed, to enter a higher degree 
 of glory. 
 
 It sufficient to read the Holy Records but once to con- 
 clude that God is just and patient, and that He has striven, 
 in many ways, thruout the ages, to develop and sanctify the 
 minds of men. 
 
 Thru the fall of Adam, men became spiritually dead that 
 is, they were cut off from the presence of God, (Hela. 
 14:14-19); but this condition was essential if children were 
 to be born and made subject to temptation and trials in 
 order that, in the end, they might better enjoy and appre- 
 ciate greater things, (P. of G. P. Moses 5:6-12); hence, 
 "Adam fell that men might be; and men are, that they might 
 have joy." II Nephi 2:21-27. (Mor. 9:12-14.) 
 
 A way of deliverance from the fall and re-entrance into 
 the presence of God was likewise planned and foreordained 
 by a council in heaven before the earth was formed for man. 
 (I Peter 1:18-21.) This deliverance was to be the atone- 
 ment of Christ on Calvary, connected with faith in the Lord 
 Jesus Christ and obedience to the principles of repentance 
 and baptism by immersion, with the laying on of hands by 
 those who hold divine Priesthood authority for the receiving 
 
of the Holy Ghost. (Rom. 5:12-19, John 3:5, I Peter 3:18- 
 21, Mos. 3:8-19, II Nephi 2:3-10.) Thru obedience to these 
 ordinances of the Gospel men are spiritually begotten, and 
 they become sons and daughters of God and heirs of eternal 
 life. 
 
 These grand and holy blessings have been offered to all 
 races, but we are told that if the individual wilfully ignores 
 or betrays his redemption, he will be cut off again at the bar 
 of judgment and will suffer the second spiritual death, being 
 cast out forever from the presence of God with no promise 
 of redemption. (D. C. 29 :34-50, Heb. 6:4-6, 10:26-27.) The 
 Lord's verdict to him, in that day, will be "Depart from me, 
 ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and 
 his angels." Mat. 25:41-46. 
 
 The tribes of Israel, thruout the past ages, have been con- 
 sidered the lawful heirs of salvation and the recipients of 
 special favor from the Almighty. The reason for this lies 
 in their faith and works being above those of the Gentiles. 
 But the fulfillment of the Law of Moses, (III Nephi 15:1-8), 
 and the setting up of the Gospel and law of Christ have 
 unquestionably placed the human family on a par, for we 
 read: 
 
 "That the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles 
 through Jesus Christ; that we might receive the promise of 
 the spirit through faith. For ye are all the children of God 
 by faith in Jesus Christ. For as many of you as have been 
 baptized into Christ have put on Christ. There is neither 
 Jew nor Greek, there is neither bond nor free, there is 
 neither male nor female; for ye are all one in Christ Jesus. 
 And if ye be Christ's, then are ye Abraham's seed, and heirs 
 according to the promise." Gal. 3:14, 26-29. "And now, 
 because of the covenant which ye have made, ye shall be 
 called the children of Christ, his sons, and his daughters; 
 for behold, this day he hath spiritually begotten you; for 
 ye say that your hearts are changed through faith on his 
 name; therefore, ye are born of him, and have become his 
 sons and his daughters." Mos. 5 :7-10. (27 :24-26.) 
 
 The adoption of all races into the one common family of 
 Israel is a part of the Gospel of Jesus Christ and is designed 
 
to unite all men. From the teachings of Joseph Smith we 
 learn that when an Israelite receives the Holy Ghost he 
 receives pure intelligence from heaven, his mind and under- 
 standing are broadened; but when a pure Gentile receives 
 the Holy Ghost, which comes thru the laying on of hands of 
 the Melchisedek Priesthood and which follows faith, repent- 
 ance and baptism, it purges out the old blood and makes him 
 actually of the seed of Abraham; that man who has none of 
 the natural blood of Abraham must have a new creation by 
 the Holy Ghost. (C. H. Vol. 3: p. 380, J. S. T., pages 21-22. 
 D. C. 84:31-34.) 
 
 Paul informs us that the natural blood of Israel alone will 
 not save the individual. He says: 
 
 "Not as though the word of God has taken none effect. 
 For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel: neither, 
 because they are the seed of Abraham, are they all children; 
 but, in Isaac shall thy seed be called. That is, they which 
 are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of 
 God; but the children of the promise are counted for the 
 seed." Rom. 9:6-8. (D. C. 103:15-18.) 
 
 From these scriptures it is readily seen that God has placed 
 the believing Gentiles on the same level as that of the 
 believing Jews, and -that both branches of the human family 
 become equally of Israel at the time they accept and obey 
 the ordinances of the Gospel of Christ, and not before. 
 (II Nephi 30:2.) The term "Israel," in its original sense, 
 means a soldier of God or a prince of God, this being the 
 name the Lord gave unto Jacob after Jacob has wrestled 
 with Him and would not let Him go until he had been granted 
 a blessing. (Gen. 32 :24-30. 35:1.) 
 
 It appears to many that in ages past God has been partial 
 to the tribes of Israel for the reason that He gave them a 
 promised land; but the greater portion of the world has yet 
 to learn that He has offered the Gentiles an equal gift. 
 According to the Book of Mormon, America has been dedi- 
 cated by the Lord to the believing members of the Gentiles. 
 (II Nephi 10:9-19.) This gift, however, is not to be enjoyed 
 by the Gentiles alone, but to be equally enjoyed with the 
 House of Joseph, thru Ephraim; we quote: 
 
"Hearken, ye Gentiles, and hear the words of Jesus 
 Christ, the son of the living God, which he hath commanded 
 me that I should speak concerning you, . . . saying, 
 Turn, all ye Gentiles from your wicked ways, and repent of 
 your evil doings, of your lyings and deceivings, and of your 
 whoredoms, and of your secret abominations, and your idol- 
 atries, and of your murders, and your priestcrafts, and your 
 envyings, and your strifes, and from all your wickedness 
 and abominations, and come unto me, and be baptized in 
 my name, that ye may receive a remission of your sins, and 
 be filled with the Holy Ghost, that ye may be numbered with 
 my people, who are of the house of Israel." Ill Nephi 30:1-2. 
 "If they" (the Gentiles) "will repent, and hearken unto my 
 words, and harden not their hearts, I will establish my church 
 among them, and they shall come in unto the covenant, and 
 be numbered among this the remnant of Jacob, unto whom 
 I have given this land for their inheritance." Ill Nephi 
 21 :22. (Ill Nephi 21 :l-6. D. C. 52 :2, Foot Notes a and b.) 
 
 In ages past God saw fit to labor among the tribes of 
 Israel for the reason that He found faith among them; but 
 by the time the fullness of the Gospel was sent unto them, 
 they had become corrupt and they rejected it; hence He 
 called Paul and ordained him to be a special apostle unto 
 the Gentiles, (see pages 102-5 herein), and with the assist- 
 ance of the Twelve he carried the Gospel to the Gentiles. 
 (Rom. 11:1-26. Ill Nephi 16:7. Acts 13:42-52. 11:1-18.) 
 
 These blessings were enjoyed by the latter people for a 
 short time only. Authentic history informs us that the orig- 
 inal church organization and ordinances were completely 
 changed within the first five centuries; that corruption found 
 its way in among the Priesthood as well as the laymen, and 
 by the tenth century wickedness and the forming of new 
 ordinances had become so appalling that no portion of the 
 original church organization and doctrine could be found 
 upon the earth. By the sixteenth century the corruption 
 had become so great that a man could publicly buy from the 
 priesthood, with money, his deliverance from divine punish- 
 ment beyond the grave. (Outlines' of Ecclesiastical History 
 
 10 
 
B. H. Roberts the Apostasy.) Hence, the spirit of the 
 Lord was withdrawn and the dark ages were the natural 
 sequence. 
 
 The changing of the ordinances and principles of the Gos- 
 pel, the loss of Priesthood rights, and the overcoming of the 
 Saints thru persecution, as foreseen in visions and foretold 
 in prophecy by John the Revelator and others, are such well 
 known facts that the writer need not enlarge upon them. 
 (Rev. Chapters 13 and 17, Dan. 7th Chap.) 
 
 Not only was the Gospel of Christ rejected on the Eastern 
 continent, but also on the Western, and these occurred about 
 the same time. It was in the year 600 B. C. that the Lord 
 led (by the hand of the Prophet Lehi) several righteous 
 families of the tribe of Joseph, thru Ephraim, to America. 
 From their records we gather that they had a continual line 
 of prophets up to the time when Christ came and labored 
 among them in the year A. D. 34, this being soon after His 
 ascension at Jerusalem. Before leaving His apostles at 
 Jerusalem. He said, "And other sheep I have, which are 
 not of this fold; them also I must bring, and they shall hear 
 my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd." 
 John 10:16. 
 
 It was this Remnant of the House of Joseph, sometimes 
 called the Remnant of Jacob, to whom He referred, for we 
 find in His teachings to these people the following, in part: 
 
 "Ye are my disciples; and ye are a light unto this people, 
 who are a remnant of the house of Joseph. And behold, 
 this is the land of your inheritance; and the Father hath 
 given it unto you. And not at any time hath the Father 
 given me commandment that I should tell it unto your 
 brethren at Jerusalem. Neither at any time hath the Father 
 given me commandment, that I should tell unto them con- 
 cerning the * other tribes of the House of Israel, whom the 
 Father hath led away out of the land. This much did the 
 Father command me, that I should tell unto them. . 'That 
 other sheep I have, which are not of this fold; them also I 
 must bring, and they shall hear my voice, and there shall 
 be one fold, and one shepherd/ And now because of stiff- 
 
 *The Ten. 
 
 11 
 
neckedness and unbelief, they understood not my word; 
 therefore I was commanded to say no more of the Father 
 concerning this thing unto them. But, verily, I say unto 
 you, that the Father hath commanded me, and I tell it unto 
 you, that ye were separated from among them because of 
 their iniquity; . . . Verily, I say unto you, that ye 
 are they of whom I said, 'other sheep I have which are not 
 of this fold/ " III Nephi 15:12-21. 
 
 After imparting the principles of the Gospel and organ- 
 izing His church among these people here in America, He 
 departed and went to visit the Ten Lost Tribes. (See pages 
 160 herein.) From the record of the Nephites (the Book 
 of Mormon), we are informed that the American branch of 
 the House of Israel lived the Gospel for 200 years, then 
 they drifted into worldliness, and from that day the judg- 
 ments of God began to fall upon them. (IV Nephi 1:1-49.) 
 
 By the close of the year A. D. 420 the Church and Saints 
 had all been destroyed by their wicked brethren, the Laman- 
 ites. (Moroni 1:1-3. 10:1-2.) As a judgment against the 
 Lamanites for their acts of murder they were cursed in 
 many ways, including a dark skin. (Mormon 5:1-20.) This 
 was the condition in which the Gentiles found them. 
 
 According to Holy Writ, God foresaw that the main body 
 of Israel, which He has symbolized as the tame olive tree, 
 was becoming corrupt and would decay; hence He found it 
 essential to transplant a portion of its tender branches for 
 the sake of preserving righteousness in the House of Israel. 
 Their location, however, has been withheld from us with the 
 exception of the American Indian (North and South) and 
 that of the Ten Lost Tribes which are hidden away in the 
 north. (Jacob 5:1-77.) These branches of Israel brought 
 forth Gospel fruit in their day, but, as with the trunk of 
 the tree, they likewise became corrupt and have suffered 
 judgments similar to those of Juda. Paul informs us that 
 it was the unbelief of Israel, in his day, that prompted the 
 Lord to turn against them and graft in the believing mem- 
 bers of the Gentiles, who, are symbolized as the branches of 
 the wild olive tree grafted into the tame olive tree (the 
 House of Israel) with the hope of preserving the Gospel tree 
 
 12 
 
of life on earth. (Rom. 11:1-24. I Nephi 15:12-17.) But 
 thru prophecy and history we are informed that the true 
 and noble Gentile Saints were completely overcome by 
 death, persecution and banishment; and that the remainder, 
 thru spiritual weakness, suffered men to completely change 
 their form of worship, doctrine and creed, as previously 
 referred to. 
 
 As to the future course of the natural branches of Israel, 
 after passing thru these judgments for not living the princi- 
 ples of the Gospel in previous years, with possibly the 
 exception of the Ten Lost Tribes, they are to remain in their 
 blinded condition, as to seeing the Gospel of Christ until the 
 Fullness of the Gentiles comes in. At that day, (the Full- 
 ness of the Gentiles), which is at our very doors, the Gospel 
 is to be carried back to Israel in its brilliancy and power, 
 (D.C. 45:24-30. 90:9-11. 77:15. I Nephi 10:11-14); then 
 will the Lord fulfil all His covenants with the whole' of 
 Israel in redeeming His people and restoring their lands of 
 inheritance. 
 
 We now leave their history and again turn our thoughts 
 back to the dark ages among the Gentiles of the old world. 
 In turning the pages of this history we observe that, as the 
 Latter Days approached, spiritual light began to dawn on the 
 minds of men; many of them saw the folly of their man- 
 made ordinances, and from that day onward, they sought to 
 throw off the yoke of the darkness and place themselves 
 right with God. 
 
 In due time, after the battle of freedom of thought and 
 speech had been gained in the East and the establishment 
 of a land of liberty in the West, God sent a prophet mighty 
 in spirit and doctrine, but humble in his ways. This was 
 the boy Joseph Smith, to whom the Father and Son appeared 
 in person calling him to be the prophet to lay the foundation 
 of this great Latter Day work of redeeming mankind. A 
 glorious conversation between God and man issued. This 
 took place in the spring of 1820; and on September 21st, 
 1823, the Angel Moroni, formerly the last prophet of the 
 Western continent, who had buried the records of the House 
 of Joseph in A. D. 420, came to Joseph Smith and revealed 
 
 13 
 
their hiding place. 
 
 The schooling of the fifteen-year-old boy Joseph as to the 
 manner in which this record should be brought forth, and 
 the explanation of many latter day prophecies, were likewise 
 a portion of the mission of the Angel Moroni. 
 
 Thru the gift and power of God, this Holy Record was 
 translated by Joseph Smith, and is now known as the Book 
 of Mormon. It contains more than 1000 years' religious 
 history of the Nephites and Lamanites, as well as the Ever- 
 lasting Gospel of Christ. It is referred to in the prophecies 
 of Ezekiel as the stick (record) of Ephraim, (37:16-19), 
 for it was the descendants of Ephraim, the son of Joseph, 
 who came to America in 600 B. C. 
 
 The coming of the Angel Moroni to deliver the Everlast- 
 ing Gospel (the Book of Mormon) was the fulfillment of 
 that portion of John's vision pertaining to latter day events. 
 He records: 
 
 "And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, 
 having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell 
 on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue 
 and people." Rev. 14:6. 
 
 In his continuation of the same chapter, he informs us 
 that the fall of spiritual Babylon would soon follow, and 
 then would take place the coming of the Lord. This 
 prophecy, or vision, clearly sets forth the restoration of the 
 Gospel before the coming of Christ. (Dan. 2:40-45.) 
 
 After Moroni had delivered the plates of the Book 01 
 Mormon, came John the Baptist on the 15th of May, 1829 
 (D. C. 13 section) to restore the Aaronic Priesthood; this 
 was followed by the coming of Peter, James and John to 
 restore the Melchisedek Priesthood. (D. C. 27:12-13.) Then 
 came Elijah, Elias and Moses to the Kirtland temple on 
 April 3rd, 1836, to restore the ordinances for the dead as 
 well as their keys of knowledge and authority to preach the 
 Gospel and gather the righteous. This, in brief, is an outline 
 of the restoration of the Gospel among the Gentiles. 
 
 In due time the Church of Jesus Christ of L. D. S. was 
 organized April 6th, 1830. Thus began the great work 
 of God among the Gentiles of the Latter Days in preparing 
 
 14 
 
them for their inheritance in the Kingdom of God. soon to 
 be set up in its fullness. (See Kingdom herein.) 
 
 This restored Gospel has spread over the earth until it 
 has gathered hundreds of thousands of God's noble sons and 
 daughters from various nations to the stakes of Zion in 
 America, and they in turn have warned the nations to flee 
 to Zion and prepare themselves for the great day of the 
 Lord. Thus have they fulfilled the call of the Gospel and 
 the commandment of the Lord as given thru the Prophet 
 Joseph Smith. (D. C. 133:1-17.) 
 
 Thru the blessings of this same Gospel a desert has been 
 turned into a field of grain, and converted into the third 
 home for that portion of our people who were driven from 
 place to place in years gone by, and finally forced into this 
 once cold, desolate desert. It has raised their dead back 
 to normal life; it has healed thousands of their sick and 
 afflicted. It is the only divine authorized church upon the 
 earth today, although there are many good principles and 
 doctrines in all churches, as well as honest souls. But as 
 God is not divided, neither is He the author of the division 
 of churches whose ordinances and principles are opposed to 
 each other. 
 
 The question may here be asked, if the mother church of 
 the dark ages had previously lost her priesthood authority, 
 then where do the churches, which broke away from her, 
 obtain their divine priesthood rights, which is one of the 
 absolute essentials for a church to possess if claim is made 
 that it is the Church of Christ? Then again, if she did not 
 lose her priesthood authority, there could be no lawful 
 division. 
 
 The sum and substance of the whole matter is that both 
 branches are in the same condition as far as priesthood rights 
 are concerned. Hence, it was essential for a restoration, in 
 this day and age, of the true ordinances and principles of the 
 Gospel with Priesthood authority. (Rev. 13:5-8.) 
 
 The greater portion of these ordinances has, at the present 
 time, been restored and the blessings enjoyed by many, who 
 are assured that they are numbered with Israel. 
 
 The thought of being a part of Israel has influenced many 
 
 15 
 
of our people to conclude that the Gospel is today with the 
 natural blood of Israel and not with the Gentiles. It is true 
 that many of the Latter Day Saints have a portion of the 
 blood of Ephraim in their veins, and that many of their 
 patriarchal blessings read "thou art of Ephraim," however, 
 this does not signify that the individual has by birth 
 Ephraim's blood, but, as previously set forth, a pure Gentile 
 becomes of Israel by adoption when he accepts the Gospel 
 ordinances and receives the Holy Ghost. This is when his 
 blood is actually changed to that of Israel; and by inher- 
 itance, thru the gift of God, he is numbered with Ephraim; 
 therefore he is of Ephraim, but the Gospel found him as a 
 Gentile, hence it is with the Gentiles today. The following 
 scriptures are cited to show that the Gospel is today in the 
 hands of the Gentiles. 
 
 The Prophet Mormon informs us that the Book of Mor- 
 mon would "come forth in due time by the way of Gentiles." 
 (Title page, Book of Mormon.) The Prophet Nephi speaks 
 of the Gospel coming to the Gentiles in the Latter Days. He 
 says: "Then shall the fullness of the Gospel of the Messiah 
 come unto the Gentiles, and from the Gentiles unto the rem- 
 nant of our seed." I Nephi 15:13. Joseph Smith, in his 
 dedicatory prayer, at the Kirtland temple, said: 
 
 "Now these words, O Lord, we have spoken before thee, 
 concerning the revelations and commandments which thou 
 hast given unto us, who are identified with the Gentiles." 
 D. C. 109:60. 
 
 We also find the same thought contained in his instruc- 
 tions to the Twelve, as follows: 
 
 "They are the Twelve Apostles who are called to the office 
 of the Traveling High Council, who are to preside over the 
 churches of the Saints among the Gentiles, where there is 
 a presidency established, and they are to travel and preach 
 among the Gentiles until the Lord shall command them to go 
 to the Jews." C. H., Vol. 2, page 200. This latter command- 
 ment has not been received up to the present date. From 
 the Jews it will go to the House of Joseph, or Ephraim. The 
 revelation says: 
 
 "That thru your administration they may receive the 
 
 16 
 
word, . . . unto the Gentiles first, and then, behold, 
 and lo, they shall turn unto the Jews; and then cometh the 
 day when the arm of the Lord shall be revealed in power in 
 convincing the nations, the heathen nations, the house of 
 Joseph, of the Gospel of their salvation." D. C. 90:9-10. 
 
 There are abundant scripture quotations informing us that 
 the Gospel went from the Jews to the Gentiles in former 
 days; and that it was to come to the Gentiles and then to 
 the Jews and House of Joseph in the Latter Days. (I Nephi 
 15:13. Ill Nephi 16:4-5. Jacob 5:61-64, II Nephi 30:2-10, 
 D. C. 14:10. 19:27. 133:8-13. Title page, Book of Mor- 
 mon.) In other words, "the last shall be first, and the first 
 shall be last." I Nephi 13:42. 
 
 It is true that a few of the American Indians, who by 
 birth, are of Ephraim, as well as some of the Jews, have at 
 the present time accepted the Restored Gospel; but the 
 prophecies which relate to the Gospel going from one branch 
 to the other, refer to periods of time when it shall be pre- 
 sented in a scale of magnitude and power to each branch 
 as a whole: For example, take Ephraim of America; we 
 read that they are to build the New Jerusalem in this 
 country with the believing Gentiles assisting, and that their 
 children, at that day, are to outnumber those of the Believ- 
 ing Gentiles. (Ill Nephi 21:22-29. 22:1-3, note footnotes 
 2k, 2L, aandC. D. C. 77:15.) 
 
 It was the previous faith and works of the House of 
 Israel which prompted God to send the Christ with the full- 
 ness of the Gospel to them in the meridian of time; but it 
 was their unbelief in rejecting it that forced Him to turn 
 judgment against them, and to bring it to the Gentiles. As 
 to this judgment, in Jerusalem alone, Josephus informs us, 
 that over a million perished by famine, thousands were cut 
 to pieces and nearly a hundred thousand were taken captive 
 by the Romans, and carried away into slavery. (Bk. VI, 
 ch. IX.) 
 
 In the Latter Days, according to prophecy, the same con- 
 ditions, but reversed, are to exist. We quote: 
 
 "And blessed are the Gentiles, because of their belief in 
 me, in and of the Holy Ghost, which witness unto them, of 
 me and of the Father. Behold, because of their belief in 
 
 17 
 
me," (in former days), "saith the Father, and because of 
 the unbelief of you, O house of Israel, in the latter day 
 shall the truth come unto the Gentiles, that the fullness of 
 these things shall be made known unto them. But woe, 
 saith the Father, unto the unbelieving of the Gentiles," (in 
 the latter days) "for notwithstanding they have come forth 
 upon the face of this land, and have scattered my people, 
 who are of the house of Israel; and my people who are of 
 the house of Israel, have been cast out from among them, 
 and have been trodden under feet by them; and because of 
 the mercies of the Father unto the Gentiles, and also the 
 judgments of the Father upon my people, who are of the 
 house of Israel, verily, verily, I say unto you, that after 
 they shall do all those things, and shall reject the 
 fullness of my gospel, behold, saith the Father, I will bring 
 the fullness of my gospel from among them. And then I 
 will remember my covenant which I have made unto my 
 people, O house of Israel, and I will bring my gospel unto 
 them." Ill Nephi 16:6-11. 
 
 It is now over 87 years since the restoration of the Gospel 
 to the Gentiles thru the Prophet Joseph Smith, and, accord- 
 ing to the scriptures, the beginning of this period of time is 
 called the coming in of the Times of the Gentiles; and the 
 end, the Fullness of the Gentiles, (D. C. 45:24-30. Rom. 
 11:25-26), but both periods are to come within the same 
 generation. 
 
 The coming forth of the Book of Mormon, the Prophet 
 Joseph Smith and the establishment of the Church of Jesus 
 Christ among the Gentiles in 1830 was the signal for the 
 beginning; and this great world's war was given as the sign 
 of the end. At this latter period, we are told, the Jews 
 will begin their homeward march, and God's coming prophets 
 will then restore the Fullness of the Gospel unto them. 
 (D. C. 77:15.) 
 
 The signs of the times strongly indicate the early fulfill- 
 ment of these latter movements. The offering of the service 
 of the British Empire, thru Secretary Grey, to aid the Jews 
 in every way possible; the freedom of the Jews in Russia, 
 with the combined military power of England and the Allies 
 in driving the Turks from Palestine, has had wonderful effect 
 
 18 
 
with the Jewish race. Furthermore, prominent American 
 Jews are advocating a Jewish government in Palestine, pat- 
 terned after the American constitution. Thousands of Jews 
 are anxiously waiting the opening up of their country. Thus 
 we see the hand of God paving the way for the fulfillment 
 of His covenants with the tribes of Israel. 
 
 The blindness of Israel in not seeing the Gospel of Christ, 
 as foretold by Paul and others, has indeed come true, and 
 Paul further informs us that this condition would exist "until 
 the Fullness of the Gentiles be come in." (Rom. 11:25.) 
 
 By the close of this period, the Gentiles, according to 
 prophecy, would have rejected this Gospel, and the answer 
 of judgment from heaven would be a world's war, followed 
 by many scourges and plagues. D. C. 45:24-33. 5:18-20. 
 63:32-37. 87:1-8. I Nephi 14:8-17.) The world has now 
 passed thru the third year of the war and the end is not yet. 
 We quote one of the prophecies : 
 
 "And this I have told you concerning Jerusalem, and when 
 that day shall come, shall a remnant be scattered among all 
 nations; but they shall be gathered again, but they shall 
 remain until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. And in 
 that day shall be heard of wars and rumors of wars, and 
 the whole earth shall be in commotion, and men's hearts 
 shall fail them, and they shall say that Christ delayeth his 
 coming until the end of the earth. And the love of men shall 
 wax cold, and iniquity shall abound; And when the times of 
 the Gentiles is come in, a light shall break forth among them 
 that sit in darkness, and it shall be the fullness of my 
 gospel; But they receive it not, for they perceive not the 
 light and they turn their hearts from me because of the 
 precepts of men; And in that generation shall the times of 
 the Gentiles be fulfilled; And there shall be men standing 
 in that generation, that shall not pass, until they shall see 
 an overflowing scourge; for a desolating sickness shall cover 
 the land; But my disciples shall stand in holy places, and 
 shall not be moved; but among the wicked, men shall lift up 
 their voices, and curse God and die. And there shall be 
 earthquakes also in divers places, and many desolations; yet 
 men will harden their hearts against me, and they will take 
 
 19 
 
up the sword, one against another, and they will kill one 
 another." D. C. 45:24-33. 
 
 The above prophecy is one of the many informing us of 
 the rejection of the Gospel by the Gentiles. As to the 
 moral condition of the Gentile nations of the Latter Days, 
 the Prophet Nephi has said: 
 
 "But, behold, in the last days, or in the days of the 
 Gentiles; yea, behold all the nations of the Gentiles, and 
 also the Jews, both those who shall come upon this land, and 
 those who shall be upon other lands; yea, even upon all the 
 lands of the earth; behold, they will be drunken with iniquity, 
 and all manner of abominations; and when that day shall 
 come, they shall be visited of the Lord of Hosts, with thun- 
 der, and with earthquake, and with a great noise, and with 
 storm, and with tempest, and with the flame of devouring 
 fire; and all the nations that fight against Zion, and that 
 distress her, shall be as a dream of a night vision ; yea, . . 
 
 . even so shall the multitude of all the nations be that 
 fight against Mount Zion." II Nephi 27:1-3. 
 
 We are also told, in Holy Writ, that it was the guiding 
 hand of God that brought forth the liberty, freedom and 
 protection that we, as a nation, have enjoyed in the past; 
 and that today He has restored the Fullness of the Gospel 
 among us, but, if we reject it, that He would turn our 
 iniquities upon our own heads unto destruction. (Ill Nephi 
 21:1-21, I Nephi 13:24-42. 14:1-7. II Nephi 10:5-19.) 
 
 For further evidence, as to the Gentiles rejecting the Gos- 
 pel, one only need review the past 87 years of church history, 
 and he will find the complete fulfillment. Not only have the 
 Gentiles of this country rejected it, but those of the world. 
 They have laughed it to scorn and have driven and perse- 
 cuted the Saints from place to place. Hence we may readily 
 anticipate the carrying of the Gospel to the natural branches 
 of the House of Israel. Then will it shine forth in its bril- 
 liancy and mighty power thru the leadership of the Lord's 
 prophets who are coming to fill a special mission in redeem- 
 ing the honest in heart of Israel and Gentiles. The record 
 says: 
 
 "What is to be understood by the two witnesses, in the 
 
 20 
 
eleventh chapter of Revelations? They are two prophets 
 that are to be raised up to the Jewish nation in the last days, 
 at the time of the restoration, and to prophecy to the Jews, 
 after they are gathered, and build the city of Jerusalem, in 
 the land of their fathers." D. C. 77:15. "Behold, I am 
 Jesus Christ, the Son of the living God, who created the 
 heavens and the earth; a light which cannot be hid in dark- 
 ness; wherefore, I must bring forth the fullness of my 
 gospel from the Gentiles unto the house of Israel." D. C. 
 14:9-10. 
 
 The Apostle Orson Pratt has placed a footnote under the 
 last quotation, as follows: 
 
 "The light shining among the Gentiles is hid in darkness, 
 but when it goes to Israel, it will be seen in its brilliancy." 
 
 The presenting of the Gospel to each branch of the 
 House of Israel thru special prophets and apostles, called and 
 ordained by the Lord, is in line with His past work. This 
 principle was followed when He called Paul by direct reve- 
 lation and personally ordained him to carry the Gospel and 
 Priesthood and revelations to the Gentiles. (See pages 102-5 
 herein.) The same principle was fulfilled when He carried 
 the Gospel to Ephraim of America in A. D. 34; also in this 
 day and age unto the Gentiles thru the Prophet Joseph 
 Smith; and, according to prophecy, He is to do likewise 
 when He sends it back to the tribes of Israel. (See chapters 
 four and six herein for the mission and authority of these 
 future prophets.) 
 
 These specially ordained prophets are to direct the gath- 
 ering of the Jews and Gentiles; and they, with their assist- 
 ants, will present the Gospel to every man, in his own lan- 
 guage, and in such plainness and convincing power that the 
 rejecting of it will mean his destruction. We quote the 
 words of the Angel to the Prophet Nephi: 
 
 "Thou hast beheld that if the Gentiles repent, it shall be 
 well with them, and thou also knowest concerning the cove- 
 nants of the Lord unto the House of Israel; and thou also 
 hast heard that whoso repenteth not, must perish; therefore, 
 woe be unto the Gentiles, if it so be that they harden their 
 hearts against the Lamb of God: For the time cometh, saith 
 
 21 
 
the Lamb of God, That I will work a great and a marvelous 
 work among the children of men; a work which shall be ever- 
 lasting, either on the one hand or on the other: either to 
 the convincing of them unto peace and life eternal, or unto 
 the deliverance of them to the hardness of their hearts and 
 the blindness of their minds, unto their being brought down 
 into captivity, and also into destruction, both temporally and 
 spiritually, according to the captivity of the devil, of which 
 I have spoken." I Nephi 14:5-7. 
 
 Not only are there judgments pronounced against the 
 unbelieving Gentiles, but also against the believing Gentiles, 
 among our own people, for their love and trust in carnal 
 security; their selfishness for authority wherein they are 
 assuming the authority and mission of these various future 
 prophets whom the Lord has set apart for this special 
 work, their efforts in trying to annul the mission of others, 
 and for the lack of faith and interest, by many, in the 
 greater things of the Gospel and future events in the House 
 of Israel. 
 
 These statements may at first seem strange to the reader, 
 but, when once understood, they will greatly assist in under- 
 standing the prophecies relating to the mission of certain 
 prophets as will be outlined in this book; furthermore, they 
 will tend to open the eyes of the Latter Day Saints and 
 will cause their questions to become self -answered as to 
 why God is to send these special prophets instead of per- 
 mitting those on earth to carry out His desires. 
 
 THE OUTWARD SIGNS, AMONG THE BELIEVING GEN- 
 TILES, OF SINNING AGAINST THE GOSPEL 
 
 Until recent years there existed freedom among the mem- 
 bers of our Priesthood. Formerly, when they were called 
 upon to speak, they chose the subjects the spirit thought 
 best. But, today, we must choose that which has passed 
 the censor; hence, many changes have taken place thruout 
 the stakes of Zion in regard to the topics of the day and con- 
 ditions in general. Futhermore, if any member of the rank 
 and file of the Priesthood or membership should fail to con- 
 
 22 
 
cur with these various new conditions and feel to speak his 
 honest thoughts with the spirit of counsel, and not that of 
 faul finding, he is, nevertheless, boldly branded by those 
 above him as possessing the spirit of apostasy. 
 
 The Prophet Nephi has given a perfect description of con- 
 ditions that would exist among various churches of the 
 latter days, whose foundations would be of men and who 
 dwell not in Zion; He sets forth the mighty struggle of 
 Lucifer during those days to deceive all, and if possible, to 
 enlist them against that which is good. He then refers to 
 another people who dwell in Zion, as follows: 
 
 "And others will he pacify, and lull them away into carnal 
 security, that they will say, all is well in Zion; yea, Zion 
 prospereth, all is well; and thus the devil cheateth their 
 souls, and leadeth them away carefully down to hell. 24. 
 Therefore, woe be unto him that is at ease in Zion. Woe 
 be unto him that crieth, All is well; 27. Yea, woe be unto 
 him that saith, We have received, and we need no more. 
 31. Cursed is he that putteth his trust in man, or maketh 
 flesh his arm, or shall hearken unto the precepts of men, 
 save their precepts shall be given by the power of the Holy 
 Ghost." II Nephi 28:21, 24, 25, 27, 31. 
 
 The astonishing facts which present themselves here are 
 that these latter people should be separated from the other 
 churches, inasmuch as they should be of Zion, and they would 
 say, in that day, that Zion prospereth and all is well, 
 although they themselves would be lulled away into carnal 
 security. The question may here be asked, Do we not know 
 and proclaim that our foundation is of God and not of men, 
 and are we not of Zion, and do we not dwell in the stakes of 
 Zion; and have not the church and the individuals in recent 
 years, become wrapped up into carnal security? Is it not 
 a fact that our tithing funds have been hoarded up in vast 
 sums and sunk into stocks and bonds; in great modern hotels, 
 (one with an elaborate bar room, until recently closed by 
 the State) and unessential church investments, instead of 
 applying it as the revelations call for, in supporting the 
 ministry, in the spread of the Gospel and for the poor. 
 
 23 
 
(Mai. 3:8-10. See page 181 herein.) 
 
 Furthermore, is it not a fact that our leader is completely 
 covered up in worldly business matters. It appears to the 
 writer, that if this energy of our leading brethren was used 
 to elevate the spiritual condition of the Saints, instead 
 of trying to build up a huge financial corporation, we 
 would be far better off without to say the least. Then again, 
 are there not many of the leading brethren drawing their 
 church salaries, which they are entitled to receive, but, at 
 the same time they are compelling the lower members to 
 support self and family while on their missions of from one 
 to four years and sometimes these are forced to return home 
 before they complete their missions for want of private 
 funds. The church has sufficient for stocks and bonds, but 
 not enough for these humble elders. 
 
 As to revelations, did we not receive them up to about 
 1882, down to President John Taylor's day, and then for 
 some reason the heavens have ever since been silent; and do 
 we not often hear those who try to excuse the present condi- 
 tions in the church say that we have received all that we 
 need and are able to live up to, and are in need of no more. 
 
 Is it not a fact that our president emphatically made the 
 following statment at the October conference of 1902, which 
 followed his remarks on the prosperous condition of the 
 Saints: "We feel in our hearts that Zion is prospering and 
 all is well with the people of God." Is it not also a fact that 
 this same thought was dwelt upon by the following speaker, 
 the president of the California Mission, and has 'ever since 
 become a common expression in conversation and song 
 among our people. (Hymn No. 153.) If so, then we have 
 literally fulfilled this prophecy. Therefore it is high time 
 for us to make ourselves right with God. This will include 
 the withdrawing of our tithing funds from the stock and 
 bond world, and investing them in spreading the Gospel, and 
 also making it possible for the humble Seventy, or Elder, to 
 carry it without leaving his family to strive alone. But, if 
 we willfully continue to develop carnal security then how 
 can we evade the same judgments that have been pronounced 
 against Babylon and the nations who have drunk from the 
 
 24 
 
golden cup of greed? (Isa. 28:1-3. D. C. 85:6-12.) 
 
 Thruout the days of Joseph Smith and many years 
 afterwards, the Priesthood stood undivided as to the literal 
 fulfillment of various revelations proclaiming a future mis- 
 sion of certain prophets who are listed to come forth at the 
 final gathering of Israel. The fulfillment of these proph- 
 ecies, in those days, was a continual happy anticipation; but 
 today it is a different story with many of us. 
 
 One need travel but little among our people to satisfy 
 himself that the attention of the Saints are well directed to 
 the present leaders and not to those certain mighty prophets 
 whose coming is at our door. For example : A certain class 
 teacher once outlined to his class, by request, scripture proof 
 concerning the future mission of these various prophets. 
 He cited proof beyond controversy, but the Presiding Elder 
 called upon a certain bishop, whose name is withheld thru 
 due respect, to answer these "certain undesired quotations." 
 The bishop stated that we were living in the present age and 
 not the future, that all authority had been given to the pres- 
 ent authorities, therefore, why go into these future un- 
 knowns. He then remarked that men often search the 
 scriptures and become able to present a comparatively clear 
 interpretation of certain prophecies, but at the same time, 
 they, themselves, are often on the road to apostasy. 
 
 From the above line of thought, which is found thruout 
 the stakes of Zion, the reader can see the position that every 
 one finds himself in if he undertakes to set forth these cer- 
 tain scriptures. Then there are others who dare not deny 
 the scriptures, but will evade them by saying that "the time 
 has not come for these things." But they forget that 87 
 years have passed of the generation that shall witness 
 the beginning and end of all these things. (C. H., Vol. 1, 
 p. 315-6. J. S. T., p. 39-40. D. C. 84:2-5. D. C. 45:24:32. 
 5:18-20. Math. 24:27-35. Inspired Translation, also in P. 
 of G. P., page 78, verses 27-34.) 
 
 The fulfillment of many events has been foretold in 
 the scriptures by referring to the first, second, third or 
 fourth generation; but in no instance, to the writer's knowl- 
 
 25 
 
edge, has the time of fulfillment reached the one hundred 
 year unit. If we consider the few remaining years of the 
 generation of 1830, and the time that will be required to 
 complete these Greater Things, then we will appreciate the 
 fact that the beginning of them is indeed at our doors. 
 The last hour of the watch will soon he over, will we sleep 
 until the end? 
 
 For the last twelve years a strong effort has been made 
 by the church authorities to prevent certain prophecies from 
 being publicly discussed unless the speaker takes the church 
 view. Scores of worthy members of the Priesthood and 
 Saints thruout these years have suffered excommunication 
 from their Brethren over these prophecies, the church 
 authorities maintaining that all authority has been given 
 unto them; and they have completely eliminated the future 
 mission of certain prophets, whereas the other side accepts 
 the prophecies setting forth the future coming of these cer- 
 tain prophets to lead in the final gathering of Israel and the 
 setting of the House of God in order. Unfortunately, there 
 have been, from time to time, certain members of the Priest- 
 hood who have partly understood these prophecies, but thru 
 desire for honor and power, or reasons unknown, have 
 claimed to be these certain prophets themselves, and have 
 led away a number of honest souls, but at the present time 
 there remain but very few who still maintain any hope in 
 their personal claims. 
 
 The results of their mission have brought many hard- 
 ships to their followers; the greater portion of them have 
 been cut off from the church, but, as a whole, some good 
 results have been accomplished by causing many to search 
 the scriptures thru the controversies which have taken place 
 during the past twelve years and the fight for the right to 
 believe and teach these prophecies; hence, today, thousands 
 are anxiously anticipating their complete fulfillment. 
 
 While these benefits have been accomplished by a min- 
 ority, the church as a whole, has rejected them by eliminating 
 the future mission of the "Marred Servant" and the "Man 
 
 26 
 
like Moses"; also the "One Mighty and Strong," who is to 
 come and set the House of God in order; and she has ignored 
 the future mission of John the Revelator and the Three 
 Nephites. In ignoring and denying this portion of the scrip- 
 tures all who do so have sinned against the Gospel which 
 they profess, and have linked themselves with the unbe- 
 lieving Gentiles who deny the whole. The result of their 
 course and decisions is plainly outlined in prophecy and will 
 be further discussed in the following chapters. The Lord 
 has said: 
 
 "When men are called unto mine everlasting gospel, and 
 covenant with an everlasting covenant ,they are counted as 
 the salt of the earth, and the savor of men; they are called 
 to be the savor of men. Therefore, if that salt of the earth 
 lose its savor, behold, it is henceforth good for nothing, only 
 to be cast out, and trodden under the feet of men." (D. C. 
 101 :39-40.) "And thus commandeth the Father that I should 
 say unto you at that day when the Gentiles shall sin against 
 my gospel, and shall be lifted up in the pride of their hearts 
 above all nations, and above all the people of the whole 
 earth, and shall be filled with all manner of lying, and of 
 deceits, and of mischiefs, and all manner of hypocrisy, and 
 murder, and priestcrafts, and whoredoms, and of secret 
 abominations; and if they shall do all those things, and shall 
 reject the fullness of my gospel, behold, saith the Father, 
 I will bring the fullness of my gospel from among them; 
 "And then I will remember my covenant which I have made 
 unto my people, O house of Israel, and I will bring my 
 gospel unto them; 15. But if they" (the Gentiles) "will 
 not turn unto me, and hearken unto my voice, I will suffer 
 them, yea, I will suffer my people, house of Israel, that 
 they shall go through among them, and shall tread them 
 down, and they shall be as salt that hath lost its savor, which 
 is henceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to 
 be trodden under foot by my people, O house of Israel." 
 Ill Nephi 16:10-11, 15. (D. C. 77:15; 85:6-12. Ill Nephi 
 21:8-21.) 
 
 27 
 
According to the first quotation, men become the salt of 
 the earth when they accept and enter into the covenants of 
 the Gospel; therefore the application of the second quota- 
 tion applies to both the unbelieving and believing Gentiles, 
 else how can the unbelieving Gentile become the salt of the 
 earth that has lost its savor, and sin against the Gospel and 
 covenants which they have not accepted or entered into. 
 
 The complete fulfillment and climax of sinning against 
 the Gospel by both branches of the Gentiles will take place 
 at the coming of the Marred Servant. This mighty prophet 
 is to bring forth a great and marvelous work among the 
 Gentiles (III Nephi 20th and 21st chapters), and from the 
 Gentiles to the natural branches of Israel. But according 
 to prophecy, the Gentiles as a whole will reject his mission; 
 then will come that terrible judgment with no avenue of 
 escape. (See divisions "Marred Servant" and "Remnants 
 of Jacob" for his mission and following judgments.) 
 
 At the present day, one needs to converse but little with 
 our Priesthood to notice the personal ambition of various 
 individuals to deny or assume the authority and mission of 
 these future prophets; the lack of interest toward the final 
 gathering of the Saints and the establishment of Zion; the 
 censorship that is placed upon these certain prophecies; the 
 entering of the church into carnal security (the money 
 world) ; the general lack of interest among the Saints in 
 church affairs, and, the marvelous decline of spiritual gifts 
 thruout the entire body of the church. As to revelations, 
 they are blessings of the good old years that have passed. 
 (See page 185.) 
 
 These few but important facts, among many, will tend to 
 convince the reader that conditions must be changed, and 
 that God will have to send "One Mighty and Strong" to set 
 the House of God in order, gather the Saints and divide by 
 lot their inheritances in Zion, if these things are ever 
 to be accomplished. 
 
 28 
 
CHAPTER II. 
 THE ONE MIGHTY AND STRONG 
 
 Among the various principles which the twentieth cen- 
 tury Latter Day Saints are expected to believe and teach 
 is one which says that God is going to fulfill the greater 
 portion of His word, but that portion which pertains to the 
 coming forth of the "One Mighty and Strong," to set the 
 House of God in order and divide by lot the inheritances 
 of the Saints in Zion, has become obsolete and will have no 
 fulfillment. This prophecy is the sum and substance of 
 this chapter. 
 
 We as a people have in the past stood foremost among 
 those who believe and accept the scriptures at their face 
 value. One of the many reasons for this course is that there 
 is an unlimited amount of evidence connected with the ful- 
 fillment of all prophecy, which proclaims the fulfillment 
 according to its plain reading and interpretation; therefore, 
 let us make a brief review of the conditions which brought 
 about this particular prophecy and then consider its wording. 
 
 It was in the year nineteen hundred and five that a certain 
 member of our Priesthood, of Salt Lake City, publicly pro- 
 claimed himself this Mighty and Strong One. His preaching 
 on these prophecies, about which many of the Saints were 
 eager to learn, soon drew them to his meetings. Now, 
 instead of the authorities calling a general priesthood meet- 
 ing and proving this individual's claims erroneous by sound 
 reasoning, and thus convincing that portion of the Brethren 
 and Saints and possibly the individual himself, which course 
 would have brought the matter to a satisfactory conclusion, 
 and would have left the revelation in the hands of God to 
 fulfil in His own due time, they issued the 1905 Church 
 Epistle declaring the prophecy of the eighty-fifth section of 
 Doctrine and Covenants obsolete. The result was that a por- 
 tion of the Brethren and Saints who had previously studied 
 
 29 
 
these certain prophecies, knowing that the decision of the 
 Priesthood was in conflict with the Word of God, could not 
 accept it, but rather were they encouraged to follow the 
 man who acknowledged the Word of God, although he was 
 misapplying it to himself, which fact they have since found 
 out. 
 
 This 1905 Epistle was signed by the three members of 
 the First Presidency and published in the church official 
 organ, "The Deseret News," in November, 1905, and repub- 
 lished in the Church Priesthood Magazine, "The Improve- 
 ment Era," in October, 1907. It' was issued and stamped 
 "to be received as authoritative." It covered about six long 
 columns, but on account of its length, lack of reason, logic, 
 and having for its aim the annulling of the anticipation of 
 the fulfillment of that certain portion of the Word of God, 
 no attempt will be made to incorporate the whole in these 
 short chapters. However, the entire Epistle can be found 
 in the Salt Lake City libraries. The article is beyond all 
 doubt the weakest argument ever produced in the Church, 
 and will further prove itself to be a shame and disgrace to 
 those who wrote and signed it. The name of its true author 
 was not given; the authorities referring to the article as 
 being written by somebody. 
 
 This ecclesiastical Epistle was especially issued and used 
 as the lever of evidence for the excommunication of the 
 would-be "Mighty and Strong One. ;<) It has since been like- 
 wise used against scores of worthy members of both Priest- 
 hood and Saints, thruout the stakes of Zion, who have openly 
 declared their belief in these prophecies. One of the mem- 
 bers of the First Presidency, who signed the Epistle, has 
 since passed beyond the veil; the vacancy was filled by 
 Apostle Charles W. Penrose. The same attitude, however, 
 is still maintained against those who declare their belief in 
 these latter day prophecies. We quote the language of Presi- 
 dent Penrose on this question as given in April, 1913, at the 
 eighty-third annual conference: 
 
 "Yet every now and then somebody starts up and claims 
 
 30 
 
to be the man Mighty and Strong who is to set the House 
 of the Lord in order, and perform a number of works spoken 
 of in the revelations of God which we understand have really 
 been fulfilled, and that he is appointed and you are to follow 
 him, for he proclaims revelations by way of commandment 
 to the church. Now the simple way is to say, it cannot be 
 true, because the Lord says, He will not do that kind of 
 thing, and if any man is really appointed of the Lord, He 
 says he shall come in at the gate and be ordained, as the 
 Lord provided. So that in the church there is no need for 
 any of us to be led off in wrong directions. Sometimes men 
 have come to the President of the church and claimed to be 
 the person to be raised up 'like unto Moses/ and demanded 
 the keys of the church." These remarks of President Pen- 
 rose were immediately approved by President Joseph F. 
 Smith as follows: "There is no necessity for me to bear my 
 testimony to every word and sentiment that has been 
 expressed this morning by President Charles W. Penrose, 
 I simply wanted to give expression to this fact, for 
 it is true." (Page 62-63 of pamphlet of the eighty-third 
 annual conference.) 
 
 President Penrose's remarks in regard to the Man like 
 Moses, (the promised future redeemer of Zion) indicate 
 that he also considers the 103rd section of Doctrine and 
 Covenants likewise fulfilled; which is the general interpre- 
 tation placed upon this prophecy by those who advocate the 
 past fulfillment of the greater portion of these great future 
 events and that they or their successors will fulfil the 
 remainder. President Penrose places great stress on the 
 thought that any future leader must come thru their ordina- 
 tion; however, it is needless to say that if God has previously 
 called, foreordained, set apart and preserved in the flesh 
 certain prophets to perform certain Latter Day work, they 
 will come with full authority to act and perform their 
 missions. 
 
 According to Joseph Smith's writings and the revelations 
 given thru him, the mission of John the Revelator, Elijah, 
 
 31 
 
the three Nephites, Moroni and Adam have not yet been com- 
 pleted. In case the Mighty and Strong One should prove to 
 be one of these great Prophets, do you think for one 
 moment that he would come begging for authority to per- 
 form his labors? No, he will come fully prepared to act and 
 bring forth God's Marvelous and Strange work in cutting 
 off the wicked, redeeming and gathering the righteous. (D. 
 C. 77:8-11, 14-15; 85:6-12. Ill Nephi 28:25-32. Ill Nephi 
 21:7-29.) 
 
 The question will reverse itself in that day, for we will 
 all be asking ourselves, will our lives and labors be ac- 
 cepted and will God permit us to continue in His Holy 
 Work of gathering Israel. The history of the prophets 
 throughout all the ages shows they have come with full 
 authority to perform their mission; hence, we may continue 
 to look for them to come with this authority to perform their 
 labors thru their own lawful Priesthood rights and callings 
 received during their former missions. (D. C. 112:30-32.) 
 They will, no doubt, co-operate with the righteous; but they 
 will also steer the old ship Zion alone if necessary. Prophecy 
 clearly sets forth that they will take up the lead when they 
 come. 
 
 Before quoting the revelation pertaining to the Mighty 
 and Strong One, a brief sketch will be given of the conditions 
 which existed at the time of the receiving of the revelation. 
 The expulsion of the Saints from the Eastern states to the 
 Western frontier began as early as 1831, Missouri, Ohio and 
 Illinois becoming the chief centers. Thru a revelation given 
 in 1832 it was made known that Independence, Missouri, 
 would be the center of Zion, the location of the great future 
 temple and the city of the New Jerusalem; that her inhab- 
 itants would be the believing members of the House of 
 Joseph, /(or Ephraim), and the believing Gentiles, (D. C. 
 84:1-5. Ill Nephi 21:22-25.), therefore the Saints soon 
 gathered to Zion and in due time new homes were built up 
 and blessings began to come their way again. 
 
 The law of consecration, or celestial law, was established 
 
 32 
 
in Zion by revelation. (D. C. 58 :35-36 ; 78 :1-12, 104 :47-53.) 
 but thru greed, envy and strife the Saints failed to live this 
 higher law, which, according to prophecy, is the only law 
 under which God will permit Zion to be built up. (D. C. 
 101:1-9, 16-18; 105:1-6.) 
 
 This law required one to dedicate all he had to the general 
 welfare of the Saints, receiving in return enough from the 
 Bishop for his family and business, each individual acting as 
 a steward over that portion of the Lord's storehouse. Hence, 
 those who possessed an excess contributed to those who had 
 not enough; therefore in Zion there would be no rich or 
 poor. (D. C. 51:1-20; 49:19-20.) 
 
 Jealousy also began to fill the hearts of the citizens of 
 Missouri. Fearing that the Saints might control a small por- 
 tion of their state, they lost no time in bringing unbearable 
 persecution upon them. They destroyed their homes and 
 crops, and directed their cold blooded murderous acts against 
 the old and young, women and children, until the Saints were 
 forced to leave. History tells us that the lieutenant gov- 
 ernor and state troops joined the mob in throwing tar mixed 
 with strong acid and feathers upon Edward Partridge and 
 others. 
 
 It was this gloomy condition existing in Zion which 
 prompted some of her righteous leaders to appeal to their 
 God in prayer as to the time when Zion would rest in peace 
 and be firmly established. These leaders felt the burden 
 of the responsibility of providing a resting place for those 
 Saints who were on the road to Zion. They also foresaw 
 the fall of Zion due to the failure of living the laws of God 
 thru jealousy, and lack of harmony within. According to 
 the revelations given after the fall of Zion (as previously 
 cited), we are informed that this was the reason God per- 
 mitted His wrath to be poured out upon them from that day 
 until Zion fell in 1833. 
 
 One of these noble leaders was William Phelps, who at 
 that time was managing the church printing press in Zion. 
 (C. H., Vol. 1, p. 270.) Phelps' prayers were answered 
 
 33 
 
thru the Prophet Joseph Smith , for we find a letter written 
 by Joseph to Phelps dated November 27, 1832, wherein the 
 Prophet voluntarily informs him that thru a vision from 
 heaven he had obtained a knowledge of his righteousness, 
 therefore with this confidence, he would reveal unto him the 
 asnwer to his question pertaining to Zion. 
 
 The revealing of a revelation thru the epistle or letter to 
 Phelps is only one of several instances where a similar course 
 was followed. (See C. H. for section 121, 122, and 123.) 
 This letter of transmittal furnished the reason and where- 
 fore of the revelation. We therefore quote Joseph's letter 
 taken from C. H., Vol. 1, in order that the reader may 
 judge for himself and see that the revelation in question was 
 given without conditions and is to have a sure fulfillment at 
 the time of Zion's redemption. 
 
 Inasmuch as Zion has not been redeemed to this day, the 
 fulfillment is future according to the Word of God, regard- 
 less of the feelings or opinions of men. Particular attention 
 should be paid to Phelps' question and the revelation given 
 in answer, for in them lies the key to the problem. 
 
 "Kirtland, Nov. 27th, 1832. 
 
 "Brother William W. Phelps : I say brother, because I 
 feel so from the heart, and although it is not long since I 
 wrote a letter unto you, yet I feel as though you would 
 excuse me for writing this, as I have many things which I 
 wish to communicate. Some things which I will mention in 
 this letter, which are lying with great weight on my mind. 
 I am well, and my family also; God grant that you may 
 enjoy the same, and yours, and all the Brethren and Sisters 
 who remember to enquire after the commandments of the 
 Lord, and the welfare of Zion, and such a being as myself; 
 and while I dictate this letter, I fancy to myself that you 
 are saying or thinking something similar to these words: 
 'My God, great and mighty art Thou, therefore show unto 
 Thy servant what shall become of all those who are essaying 
 to come up unto Zion, in order to keep the commandments 
 
 34 
 
of God, and yet receive not their inheritance by consecra- 
 tions, by order or deed from the Bishop, the man that God 
 has apponited in a legal way, agreeable to the law given to 
 organize and regulate the Church, and all the affairs of the 
 same. 
 
 "Brother William, in the love of God, having the most 
 implicit confidence in you as a man of God, having obtained 
 this confidence by a vision of heaven, therefore 1 will pro- 
 ceed to unfold to you some of the feelings of my heart, and 
 to answer the question. (The revelation follows.) 
 
 "Firstly, it is the duty of the Lord's clerk, whom He has 
 appointed, to keep a history, and a General Church Record 
 of all things that transpire in Zion, and of all those who con- 
 secrate properties, and receive inheritances legally from the 
 Bishop ; and also their manner of life, their faith, and works ; 
 and also of the apostates who apostatize after receiving their 
 inheritances. It is contrary to the will and commandment of 
 God, that those who receive not their inheritance by conse- 
 cration, agreeably to His laws, which He has given, that He 
 may tithe His people, to prepare them against the day of 
 vengeance and burning, should have their names enrolled 
 with the people of God; neither is their genealogy to be 
 kept, or to be had where it may be found on any of the 
 records or history of the Church; their names shall not be 
 found neither the names of the fathers, nor the names of the 
 children written in the book of the law of God, saith the 
 Lord of Hosts. Yea, thus saith the still small voice, which 
 whispereth through and pierceth all things, and often times 
 it maketh my bones to quake while it maketh manifest, 
 saying: and it shall come to pass, that I, the Lord God, will 
 send one mighty and strong, holding the sceptre of power in 
 his hand, clothed with light for a covering, whose mouth 
 shall utter words, eternal words; while His bowels shall be 
 a fountain of truth, to set in order the house of God, and 
 to arrange by lot the inheritances of the saints, whose names 
 are found, and the names of their fathers, and of their 
 children, enrolled in the book of the law of God: while that 
 
 35 
 
man, who was called of God and appointed, that putteth forth 
 his hand to steady the ark of God, shall fall by the shaft of 
 death, like as a tree that is smitten by the vivid shaft of 
 lightning; and all they who are not found written in the book 
 of remembrance, shall find none inheritance in that day, but 
 they shall be cut asunder, and their portion shall be 
 appointed them among unbelievers, where are wailing and 
 gnashing of teeth. These things I say not of myself; there- 
 fore, as the Lord speaketh, He will also fulfil. And they 
 who are of the High Priesthood, whose names are not found 
 written in the book of the law, or that are found to have 
 apostatized, or to have been cut off from the Church; as 
 well as the lesser Priesthood, or the members, in that day, 
 shall not find an inheritance among the Saints of the Most 
 High; therefore it shall be done unto them as unto the 
 children of the priest, as will be found recorded in the 
 second chapter and sixty-first and sixty-second verses of 
 Ezra. . . ." 
 
 "Yours in bonds. Amen." 
 
 (Signed) "JOSEPH SMITH, JR." 
 
 The above quotation, which is found in the 85th section of 
 D. & C., is One of the most piercing and far reaching proph- 
 ecies that we have on record. Its fulfillment was to be in a 
 future day; for it says, "and it shall come to pass" and, "in 
 that day" shall these things be done. The language sets 
 forth how God is to redeem Zion, reward the righteous with 
 an inheritance and cut off the wicked among the High Priest- 
 hood and Saints. It refers to one necessarily of high stand- 
 ing who, having previously been "called of God and 
 appointed," and who, setting forth his hand, in that day, to 
 steady the Ark or Church of God in some other way than the 
 one pursued by the One Mighty and Strong, shall be smitten 
 with sudden death. Hence it will require two (the "One 
 Mighty and Strong" and the one already "called of God and 
 appointed") to fulfil the prophecy. This is acknowledged 
 in the first part of the 1905 Epistle. 
 
 None of these events have as yet taken place, but the reve- 
 
 36 
 
lation says "as the Lord speaketh, he will also fulfil." If we 
 
 consider how some of the Brethren are persecuting and cut- 
 ting off those who raise their voice in defense of this proph- 
 ecy, it will be easy to foresee that some will also be ready 
 to raise their hand against this prophet when he comes 
 according to the sure word of prophecy. 
 
 The 1905 Church Epistle claims that Edward Partridge 
 was the individual referred to as the one "called and 
 appointed" and that he would have fulfilled that portion 
 which pertains to the one "falling by the shaft of death" 
 had he not repented. It also acknowledges that the Mighty 
 and Strong One was to do the work Edward Partridge had 
 been appointed to do but had failed to accomplish. Now if 
 Edward Partridge failed to divide the inheritances of the 
 Saints in Zion for the reason that they had not complied 
 with the law, then does not the prophecy remain to be ful- 
 filled in a future day? Hence the necessity for the mission 
 of the Mighty and Strong One when Zion is redeemed, but 
 the 1905 Epistle points out that that portion of the prophecy 
 pertaining to the One Mighty and Strong to set the House 
 of God in order and divide by lot the inheritances of the 
 Saints had become obsolete and that its significance had 
 therefore passed away. (D. C. 58:14-18.) 
 
 It is indeed marvelous how men can consider the fulfill- 
 ment of the convenient portions of the Word of God, and at 
 the same time try to annul the / inconvenient parts. It 
 requires no argument to show the inconsistency of this latter 
 thought; but the preceding statement is equally in error, and 
 must have a future fulfillment for the reason that the 
 Prophet Joseph Smith exonerated Edward Partridge from 
 having anything to do with the fall of Zion; furthermore, he 
 was not connected with the revelation. First, the Lord gave 
 several revelations to Joseph Smith pertaining to Edward 
 Partridge, but each time his name was specified; so why 
 was it not in this most important instance? 
 
 Second, if the revelation was understood to pertain to 
 Partridge and his day, then why did Joseph Smith and the 
 
 37 
 
entire Priesthood body permit the Apostle Orson Pratt to 
 place a footnote under this revelation, stating "A future 
 messenger promised?" This footnote is in the latest edi- 
 tion today, which is sufficient evidence to exclude Partridge 
 from the revelation. It should also be borne in mind that 
 Partridge lived and labored in the Church for eight years 
 after the fall of Zion, and died in full fellowship; hence he 
 was not the one who is to fall by the shaft of death in conse- 
 quence of a curse. 
 
 Third, during these eight years he was one of the principal 
 leaders and was honored and blessed by the Lord. Church 
 History informs us that on July 20, 1833, he suffered himself 
 to be tarred and feathered for his efforts in trying to estab- 
 lish Zion, and three days later stepped out before the same 
 mob (who had reformed themselves with greater vengeance) 
 and offered his body as a sacrifice if they would only spare 
 the Saints. (C. H., Vol. 1, p. 390-4 and 412.) No greater 
 love can a man show for his friends than to offer his life for 
 them 
 
 Furthermore, during these days of persecution, which 
 resulted in the fall of Zion, we find in Church History a 
 letter from Joseph Smith referring to Edward Partridge as 
 a man "without guile." (Vol. 1, p. 392.) Again we find a 
 letter from the Prophet to Edward Partridge, William Phelps 
 and others, dated December 10, 1833 (being one month after 
 the fall of Zion), wherein the Prophet exonerated these cer- 
 tain Brethren and referred to their righteousness and purity 
 of motives. He also recognized that the responsibility rested 
 upon those who had failed to live the law of God. (C. H., 
 Vo. 1.) 
 
 We also find a revelation addressed to Bishop Partridge, 
 his counsellors and others, instructing them how they should 
 proceed in building up the Stakes of Zion; this revelation was 
 given five years after the fall of Zion. (D. C. 115:1-9.) 
 Again, on January 19, 1841, being shortly after he had 
 passed beyond the veil, we find the Lord referring to his 
 name as being with the redeemed. Quotation follows: 
 
 38 
 
"I say unto you, that it is my will that my servant Lyman 
 Wight should continue in preaching for Zion, . . . That 
 when he shall finish his work, that I may receive him unto 
 myself, even as I did my servant David Patten, who is with 
 me at this time, and also my servant Edward Partridge." 
 D. C. 124:18-19. 
 
 If consideration is given to the words of the Lord and the 
 statements of Joseph Smith in regard to the righteousness of 
 this man, then how can his Brethren, of this day, lay such a 
 charge at his door without sufficient evidence? Why not let 
 the judgment fall on the man who commits the deed? It 
 would be more appropriate to set his life as a model, and 
 hope to remain as true and loyal to the church if called upon 
 to bear one-half of his trials. 
 
 The writer of the 1905 Epistle concludes the same by 
 citing, what he claims, a similar example wherein God pro- 
 nounced judgment against King Hezekiah (II Kings 
 20:1-11), which judgment He later revoked. He cites this 
 coincidence to show that God has previously changed His 
 word of prophecy; therefore the consistency of His can- 
 celling the one pertaining to the one "Called and Appointed" 
 and the "One Mighty and Strong" ;but strange to say, the 
 writer of the Epistle fails to show any reference where God 
 has said or given a. hint that He has cancelled the one per- 
 taining to the prophecy of this generation. 
 
 Furthermore, if we consider the referred to example of 
 King Hezekiah, we find ourselves lost again; first, he was 
 one of the most righteous kings that ever lived, (II Kings 
 18:1-7. II Chr. 29:1-36; 30:18-27; 31:20-21), and it was his 
 noble deeds and prayers in connection with the Prophet 
 Isaiah that prompted the Lord to send a destroying angel to 
 destroy all the mighty men and captains of the Assyrian army 
 that stood at the gates of Jerusalem to destroy the Israelites, 
 which resulted in their retreat. (Isa. 37:1-37.) At a later 
 period King Hezekiah fell sick, and the Prophet Isaiah visited 
 his sick bed and warned him by the Word of God that he 
 would "die and not live," that is, death would claim him 
 
 39 
 
unless Gad saw fit to prolong his life. There is not the 
 slightest hint that his sickness was connected with divine 
 punishment, but, on the other hand, the language shows that 
 it Was not. The record says that the king turned his face 
 toward the wall and prayed, saying: "Remember now, 
 Lord, I beseech thee, how I have walked before thee in 
 truth and with a perfect heart, and have done that which is 
 good in thy sight. And Hezekiah wept sore." After further 
 pleading for an extension of life, Isaiah continues : 
 
 "Then came the word of the Lord to Isaiah, saying, Go, 
 and say to Hezekiah, Thus saith the Lord, the God of David 
 thy father, I have heard thy prayer, I have seen thy tears; 
 behold, I will add unto thy days fifteen years. And I will 
 deliver thee and this city out of the hand of the king of 
 Assyria; and I will defend this city." Isa. 38:4-6. (Isa. 
 38:1-22. II Kings 20:1-11.) 
 
 The fact that Hezekiah did not ask forgiveness for any 
 of his deeds, but referred to his own righteousness, indicates 
 a clear conscience; and the Lord accepting it as a righteous 
 prayer, without condemning him in any way, is sufficient to 
 show that his sickness was nothing more nor less than that 
 of nature, and that the king's natural life was extended 
 fifteen years thru his faith and past good works. The rec- 
 ords show that he spent the remainder of his days enjoying 
 the life and peace which God had granted him, and received 
 high honors from all Judea when he was laid away. (II 
 Kings 20:19-21. Isa. 39:8.) 
 
 In summing up the words of Isaiah to Hezekiah, nothing 
 can be found to show that they were given as a judgment, 
 while on the other hand, the prophecy of sending the "One 
 Mighty and Strong" to set the House of God in order and 
 bring judgment against the Priesthood and Saints at the 
 time of Zion's redemption is a clear pronounced judgment 
 and future event which has not been revoked, hence it is 
 to have- a sure fulfillment according to the Word of God. 
 Therefore one can readily see that the supposed coincidence 
 has nothing in common with the revelation in question; it 
 
 40 
 
only goes to show how hard put to the writer was to prove 
 that the revelation of the Eighty-fifth section had become 
 obsolete. 
 
 It goes without saying that epistles dealing with important 
 revelations and church doctrine which are sent out broad- 
 cast to all branches of the Church of Jesus Christ and 
 marked "as authoritative" are supposed to be accepted as the 
 Word of the Lord, or the silent dictation of the Holy Ghost; 
 for the Church of Jesus Christ is built upon revelations; 
 hence nothing less than the Word of God can annul the 
 fulfillment of the written Word. 
 
 On account of the logical weakness of the 1905 Epistle 
 and the impossibilities it sets forth, many members have 
 questioned its origin from the very beginning, and regarded 
 it as nothing less than the opinion of men. Therefore, on 
 May llth, 1914, between 9 and 10:30 a. m., in Salt Lake 
 City, two brethren were sent, in behalf of others, to visit 
 the office of the First Presidency by appointment. They 
 were received by President Penrose, and the following was 
 one of the questions asked: 
 
 "Do you consider this article on the 85th section of D. & C. 
 which appeared in the October issue of the "Improvement 
 Era" of the year 1907, and signed by the First Presidency, 
 as the word of the Lord upon this matter?" Answer: "NO, 
 the article was written and received the endorsement of the 
 First Presidency. There has been no revelation given upon 
 this subject. The Presidency did not write this article, they 
 endorsed it as the explanation approved by them." 
 
 We here have the origin of the Epistle in question, and it 
 resolves itself as an opinion of men. It is beyond the reason- 
 ing power of the writer to comprehend how these Brethren 
 can excommunicate able and worthy members of the Priest- 
 hood and Saints and deny the sacrament and full fellowship 
 to others, having no greater evidence than this man-made 
 Epistle. However, it is no more than right that these would 
 be Moses and Mighty and Strong Ones should be cut off if 
 they refuse to retract; but why go so far as to say that God 
 
 41 
 
is not going to fulfil His word in due time? Jesus the Christ 
 was preceded by impostors, and we are told to look for false 
 and true prophets in the Latter Days. 
 
 These acts of denying scripture and these unrighteous pro- 
 cedures alone, without mentioning many others, are sufficient 
 to show that the Church is out of order and in need of this 
 Mighty and Strong One today. It appears that it is those 
 who fear his mission who find it unpleasant to discuss, and 
 who choose to oppose its fulfillment; and that it is those 
 who love the ways of God who are hailing the day of fulfill- 
 ment and the coming of this "One Mighty and Strong" to 
 cut off the wicked, divide by lot the inheritance of the Saints, 
 and establish Zion never to be thrown down again. For he 
 is to "hold the sceptre of power in his hand, clothed with 
 the light for a covering, whose mouth shall utter words, 
 eternal words/' 
 
 When we stop to consider the marvelous Priesthood power 
 this prophet is to possess, the cutting off of those of the High 
 Priesthood, and the setting of the House of God in order, 
 things which will affect the entire church; the possibility of 
 the prophecy being fulfilled by Edward Partride, or any other 
 future Bishop, is out of the question ; for a Bishop's authority 
 is only within his own ward and he is unable to excommuni- 
 cate the least member of the same, to say nothing about 
 setting the House of God in order, and cutting off the 
 unrighteous of the High Priesthood. 
 
 At no time in history have our leaders dwelt on authority 
 more than at the present time. They have drilled it into us 
 that those who hold a high calling are not subject to those 
 who hold a lesser one. But in this case, strange to say, they 
 have tried to convince us that this prophecy calls for a 
 bishop to stand supreme in authority, but, at the same time 
 he is to be called and ordained thru them. 
 
 It will be plainly seen, by those who study the thoughts 
 advanced in this book, that they are fighting every prophecy 
 pertaining to the future prophets who are coming with 
 authority. But why should they fear God-sent leaders and 
 
 42 
 
judges? Is it because they know that many changes will 
 take place, and that the Lord will then no longer suffer the 
 tithings of His people to be used in buying stocks and bonds 
 and in the development of industries. 
 
 Today there are thousands of Seventies and Elders in the 
 church who have the knowledge to save the souls of men, 
 but who have not a surplus of resources sufficient to fill a 
 mission. Would it not be better to obey the revelation of 
 God by supporting their families while they go on their mis- 
 sion of spreading the Gospel, than to invest it in fields that 
 are foreign to the purpose for which it was given? (See 
 page 181.) 
 
 The author of the 1905 Epistle states that the revelation 
 contained in the 85th section of D. & C. had reference to 
 Edward Partridge, (who was a bishop), as the man who was 
 threatened; and that the portion pertaining to the One 
 Mighty and Strong "may also be considered as having passed 
 away, and the whole incident of the prophecy closed"; but 
 if there still shall be those who believe it was yet to be 
 fulfilled, let them remember the person to come would be a 
 Bishop, and he would be designated by the heads of the 
 church and called and ordained thru them. The writer of 
 these lines asks the question, how can it have a future fulfill- 
 ment, if one of the two personages of the prophecy (he who 
 was called and appointed) has, as the article claims, passed 
 away? 
 
 A certain Bishop of Salt Lake City, whose name is with- 
 held, was asked some time ago to state his beliefs concern- 
 ing the fulfillment of the revelation in question. He replied 
 that he expected to see a future bishop fulfill the prophecy. 
 His testimony is only one of many who have not accepted 
 the Church Epistle, which would make, null and void the 
 revelation in question. 
 
 If this 1905 Epistle is to be forced blindly upon us as our 
 guide, which would tie the hands of God, annul prophecy, and 
 invest more power and authority in a Bishop than has been 
 exercised since the days of Christ, then we must abandon 
 
 43 
 
truth and intelligence and blindly accept a doctrine which 
 is contrary to the Word of God, having no reasonable quali- 
 ties nor foundation. But this course brings the individual 
 face to face with the Word of God, which says : 
 
 "Thus saith the Lord God; I will give unto the children 
 of men line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and 
 there a little; and blessed are those who hearken unto my 
 precepts, and lend an ear unto my counsel, for they shall 
 learn wisdom; for unto him that receiveth, I will give more; 
 and from them that shall say, We have enough, from them 
 shall be taken away even that which they have. Cursed is 
 he that putteth his trust in man, or maketh flesh his arm, or 
 shall hearken unto the precepts of men, save their precepts 
 shall be given by the power of the Holy Ghost." II Nephi 
 28:30-31. 
 
 If we stop to consider the statements of our President, 
 Joseph F. Smith, as given in Washington, D. C., in 1905, and 
 in California in 1917, in answer to direct questions, that he 
 had not received any revelations, it will readily be seen that 
 there have been no changes made in our prophecies; hence 
 we must accept them as they are recorded. 
 
 We have quoted the words of President Penrose to repre- 
 sent in part one side of this controversy; it is no more than 
 justice to the reader that the writer also quote the words 
 of the Apostle Orson Pratt, one who lived in the days of 
 Joseph Smith and stood foremost among his Brethren on 
 doctrine. He also had the honor of dividing into verses with 
 references and footnotes the entire Book of Mormon and 
 Doctrine and Covenants. These facts speak for themselves 
 as to his ability. This apostle saw fit to place a footnote 
 under the revelation pertaining to the "One Mighty and 
 Strong" which reads as follows : 
 
 "A future messenger promised." If this footnote is known 
 to be in error, then why is it not removed from the Book of 
 Revelations? Again, if Orson Pratt ever said or believed 
 that Edward Partridge was the one referred to in this 
 prophecy, then why did he not say so in his footnote? 
 
 44 
 
It is well to mention here that the 1905 Epistle states that 
 Orson Pratt "publicly declared, from the pulpit, in Salt Lake 
 City, about the time of the death of President Brigham 
 Young, that the man referred to in the passage of the rev- 
 elation in question, was Bishop Partridge"; however, the 
 authorities failed to cite any references to substantiate the 
 statement wherein they claim that this apostle boldly con- 
 tradicted his footnote and future sermons, although they are 
 in possession of all church minutes and records. 
 
 To further verify and confirm his strong convictions as 
 expressed in his footnote, we quote in brief the vital por- 
 tions of one of his sermons on this question, which was 
 delivered more than two years after Brigham Young's death, 
 which will speak for itself as to his firm understanding on 
 this question: 
 
 "Indeed, before we can go back to inherit the land in all 
 its fullness and perfection, God has promised that He 
 would raise up a man like unto Moses. . . . Yes, God 
 will assuredly raise up a man like unto Moses, and redeem 
 His people with an outstretched arm, as the fathers were 
 redeemed at the first. . . . This you will find recorded 
 in the Doctrine and Covenants, and in the same book it is 
 predicted that there is to be 'One Mighty and Strong' as well 
 as to be an immortal personage. One that is clothed upon 
 with light as with a garment, one whose bowels are a foun- 
 tain of truth. His mission will be to divide by lot to the 
 Saints their inheritance, according to their faithfulness in 
 their stewardship." (Page 150-4, Journal of Discourses, 
 November 1st, 1879; Vol. 21, 1881. For more complete quo- 
 tation see pages 108-10 herein.) If Orson Pratt expected 
 the Mighty and Strong One to come even later than thirty- 
 eight years after the death of Edward Partridge, then how 
 could he be the one referred to in the revelation? 
 
 In summing up the argument as presented in the 1905 
 Epistle ,the height of its inconsistency will be seen when one 
 realizes that Edward Partridge was only a Bishop, and could 
 have been easily removed by the General Authorities at their 
 
 45 
 
own pleasure; hence why the necessity of sending this great 
 and Mighty special prophet to do the work they held author- 
 ity to do? Furthermore, there have been previous examples 
 where men who held far greater authority, even that of one 
 of the First Presidency, were threatened, by revelation, to 
 be removed; but we find no reference of sending a Mighty 
 and Strong One to do the work of removing. If one of the 
 Presidents could be removed by the Presidency, then why 
 not a bishop? (The revelation referring to Sidney Rigdon 
 is especially referred to; D. C. 63: 55-56.) 
 
 The whole substance of the revelation of the 85th section 
 conveys the thought that its fulfillment was to be in a future 
 day, and would be of greater magnitude than the removal of 
 a bishop and would affect the entire church at the time of 
 setting it in order and also the redemption of Zion. 
 
 Before concluding this subject, the writer desires to refer 
 to the doctrine of recent date, as presented by President 
 Penrose, of the First quorum, and that of President Joseph 
 E. Robinson, of the California Mission, in order that the 
 reader may more fully realize the effort that is being made 
 to cast aside all evidence pertaining to the mission of these 
 certain future prophets; and the censorship that is being 
 placed upon speaking of them. 
 
 It was at the Sunday noon services on August 19, 1917, 
 in Long Beach, Calif., that President Robinson attacked the 
 doctrine of Paul being called and ordained toy the Lord, 
 thru direct revelation, to the office of apostleship. He stated, 
 "Paul was not ordained to the apostleship by the Lord." He 
 also censured those who had previously cited, in class, the 
 statement of Paul wherein he claimed to be ordained by 
 direct revelation, "not of men, neither by man," (Gal. 1:1) 
 as meaning that Peter had nothing to do with his high ordina- 
 tion. As evidence, he cited the fact that he, himself, held 
 the High Priesthood, but not of men. But our President 
 failed to tell us that he was given this Priesthood by and 
 thru men, for the reason that he was ordained under the 
 hands of a mortal man. We all fully appreciate the fact 
 
 46 
 
that his Priesthood was of God; but it was, nevertheless, 
 handed down by and thru men. However, Paul denies this 
 latter portion, therefore he must have been ordained by 
 some one other than mortal man. (For ordination of Paul 
 see pages 102-5 herein.) If the Lord found reasans to call 
 Paul for a special mission in his day, can He not do likewise 
 in the Latter Day? 
 
 President Robinson also cited the scriptures referring to 
 the prophets who will be with the Ten Lost Tribes when 
 they return; and stated that we have but little scripture 
 pertaining to them, or their location. He remarked that the 
 poem written by Eliza Snow (the wife of the Prophet Joseph 
 Smith) stating that they went to the Northern portion of this 
 earth and that it was severed in order to provide an Orb on 
 which to dwell (see page 165), "may or may not be true." 
 In regard to their prophets, he added that "We have women 
 prophets, and often times poets are prophets in disguise, 
 but anyway their prophets" (of the Lost Tribes) "would not 
 hold the High Priesthood when they come." (How does the 
 President know this?) 
 
 The writer desires to suggest, is it not strange that John 
 the Revelator failed to bestow the Melchisedek Priesthood 
 upon them at the time when he was laboring among them in 
 1831, (according to Joseph Smith's prophecies)? Why 
 should the High Priesthood be given to the Gentiles, thru 
 Joseph, and only the lesser Priesthood given to the pure 
 blood of Israel? The President also cited a reve- 
 lation showing that all men must come in at the gate and be 
 ordained before they are able to participate in the Priest- 
 hood. He then drew the inference that this necessitated the 
 coming of all future prophets thru their ordination; but he 
 did not tell us that practically all the Prophets referred to in 
 the scriptures as having a future mission, have already come 
 in at the gate many years ago, and have been ordained and 
 set apart for this future work. He continued by saying that 
 "whoso says that a Mighty and Strong is to come has no place 
 among us." He added later, "BUT if he ever comes he will 
 
 47 
 
be ordained thru the authorities of the church." The writer 
 wishes to ask, if those who now believe in these scriptures 
 are not wanted or desired in the presence of the leading 
 Brethren, then will they welcome these believers in that day 
 when these scriptures are fulfilled. If so, why not now? 
 Again, if our beloved Brethren are so sure of their course, 
 as indicated by their words, then why do they all insert the 
 word "but"? 
 
 President Penrose then took the stand and continued the 
 attack on those who advocate the fulfillment of these certain 
 scriptures. He remarked that "some go off on the tangent 
 of the Mighty and Strong One, others the Elias, but it is the 
 spirit of Lucifer which prompts them all. . . . The idea 
 that John the Revelator is the Elias who is to come and 
 restore all things is false, and the sooner you get that notion 
 out of your heads the better. John the Revelator is not to 
 come in the flesh to labor among us." (See chapter five for 
 quotations wherein the Lord says that he is to come and 
 labor among us.) "The scripture tells us who Elias 
 the restorer is John the Baptist, not John the Reve- 
 lator. It is true that Christ said search the scriptures, but 
 he had reference to the Pharisees on that occasion. 
 We should not hang on the scriptures, for the letter killeth 
 but the spirit giveth light; we have the living oracles of God 
 to go to; they are the end of all controversy." The writer 
 here inserts one of the revelations pertaining to John the 
 Revelator in order that the reader may judge for himself. 
 
 "What are we to understand by the little book which was 
 eaten by John, as mentioned in the 10th chapter of Revela- 
 tions? We are to understand that it was a mission, and an 
 ordinance, for him to gather the tribes of Israel; behold, this 
 is Elias; who, as it is written, must come and restore all 
 things." D. C. 77:14. Comp., p. 281. Elias. 
 
 If President Penrose felt that it was right to quote the 
 scripture to prove his point, then why cannot others do like- 
 wise? It is also well to note that the reference as cited by 
 President Penrose (the 27th section of D. & C.) fails to give 
 
 48 
 
the slightest hint that John the Baptist was to be the Ellas 
 who is to restore all things. It only states that there was an 
 Elias who has been given the keys of restoring all things, 
 who visited Zecharias and promised him that he would have 
 a son who would be filled with the spirit of Elias. (See 
 pages 92-3 for identification of this Elias.) 
 
 The scriptures tell us that John the Baptist denied he was 
 the Elias, meaning, of course, the one who was to come and 
 restore all things. Note the following: "And they asked 
 him, What then? Art thou Elias? And he said, I am not. 
 Art thou that prophet? And he answered, No." (John 
 1:21.) A more complete statement is given in Matthew, as 
 follows : 
 
 "And his disciples asked him, saying, Why then say the 
 Scribes that Elias must first come? And Jesus answered and 
 said unto them, Elias truly shall first come, and restore all 
 things, as the prophets have written. And again I say unto 
 you that Elias has come already, concerning whom it is writ- 
 ten, Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare 
 the way before me; and they knew him not, and have done 
 unto him, whatsoever they listed. Likewise shall the Son of 
 Man suffer of them. But I say unto you, Who is Elias? Be- 
 hold, this is Elias, whom I sent to prepare the way before 
 me. Then the disciples understood that he spake unto them 
 of John the Baptist, and also of another who should come 
 and restore all things, as it is written by the prophets." 
 Matt. 17:9-14, Inspired Translation. 
 
 In concluding this subject, and reviewing all that has been 
 said, it appears to the writer that one is forced to admit that 
 the 1905 Epistle was published and put in force in order to 
 cover up the fact that the House of God is out of order. It 
 is very evident that those who sent it out as authoritative 
 Church doctrine were not familiar with the language of the 
 revelation. These statements are truly made with all due 
 love and respect to the entire body of the church, but truth 
 is truth, and who can deny it? If we undertake to hide our 
 sins and future judgments, we only add sin to sin. 
 
 49 
 
As to who this Mighty and Strong One will be, no attempt 
 will be made to establish his identity beyond the fact that 
 he will be greater than any mortal bishop, and will stand at 
 the head as a Moses. It can be safely said, however, that 
 Elijah or John the Revelator, could fill the position and 
 fulfil every prophecy. (See Chapter IV on "The Branch" 
 for past and future mission of Elijah.) 
 
 The writer feels that sufficient evidence has been cited to 
 prove that the mission of the Mighty and Strong One is a 
 future reality; attention is now called to that portion of his 
 mission as referred to in the 28th chapter of Isaiah, wherein 
 the future judgments against the Latter Day Saints are por- 
 trayed in language so plain that we can neither deny nor 
 ignore them. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 THE DRUNKARDS OF EPHRAIM 
 The 28th Chapter of Isaiah 
 
 Jesus the Christ has said: "Great are the words of Isaiah. 
 For surely he spake as touching all things concerning my 
 people which are of the house of Israel; therefore, it must 
 needs be that he must speak also to the Gentiles." Ill Nephi 
 23:1-2. (Ill Nephi 20:10-13.) 
 
 Adjoining that beautiful chapter from the great Prophet 
 Isaiah which portrays the coming forth of the Book of Mor- 
 man, we find a keen and cutting judgment pronounced 
 against a certain class of people whom he calls the "Drunk- 
 ards of Ephraim" their judgment to come forth thru and 
 under the hands of a prophet called "A MIGHTY AND 
 STRONG ONE," who is to fulfil a mission that is identical 
 in its nature with that certain prophet who is to come forth 
 bearing a title "ONE MIGHTY AND STRONG," among the 
 Latter Day Saints at the time of their final gathering and 
 redemption of Zion, as outlined in the preceding chapter. 
 Hence, on account of these striking similarities, an investiga- 
 tion is being made today by many honest thinkers in order 
 
 50 
 
to ascertain if these judgments also apply unto the Latter 
 Day Saints, along with the blessings of the adjoining chapter, 
 which, after all, is only a division made by the translators. 
 
 The 29th chapter is acknowledged by the entire Church to 
 refer to the Latter Day Saints, and many have likewise 
 acknowledged the 28th, but, in order to arrive at a just con- 
 clusion, the reader is requested to keep in mind the details of 
 the preceding chapter, and the 85th Section of D. & C., per- 
 taining to the "One Mighty and Strong," and compare them 
 with those of the "Mighty and Strong One" of Isaiah. He 
 is also requested to prepare his mind for appalling state- 
 ments, as advancement is made from verse to verse, and com- 
 parison of acts, covenants and events as found among the 
 leaders of the Latter Day Saints with those as described in 
 the 28th Chapter of Isaiah concerning the Drunkards of 
 Ephraim. He should also withhold his decision until the end 
 of evidence is reached, as will be briefly sketched. 
 
 The writer published, in 1915, a book entitled "The Return 
 of John the Revelator and Gathering of Israel From a Scrip- 
 ture Standpoint." In that publication the question of who 
 are the Drunkards of Ephraim was briefly outlined. To the 
 writer's surprise, he has since been informed that a portion 
 of the 28th Chapter of Isaiah was also covered in a book 
 entitled "The Lost Records," by John T. Clark, a Latter Day 
 Saint. However, that portion pertaining to his personality 
 connected with the coming forth of certain records as con- 
 tained in Elder Clark's book is in no way, shape or form 
 upheld by the writer of these lines; but his application as 
 to who are the Drunkards of Ephraim and the covenant 
 which they have entered into is no doubt the only Scriptural 
 answer to the prophecy. This coincidence, in connection 
 with similar testimonies of many others who have since advo- 
 cated the same, only adds evidence and interest to the 
 present chapter. 
 
 We now turn to the prophecies of Isaiah, as found in the 
 28th Chapter, and, at the first reading, observe that they 
 cover nothing less than Divine interference with that cer- 
 
 51 
 
tain portion of the House of Israel who have become spiritu- 
 ally drunk thru their own pride, and have erred in vision 
 and stumbled in judgment, and have made a covenant with 
 their persecutors, which covenant the Lord says did not come 
 from Him. 
 
 The language of Isaiah sets forth that it is the leaders of 
 this certain people, to a great extent, who are especially 
 censured and called the Drunkards of Ephraim. (28:14.) 
 One of the peculiar facts pertaining to that certain portion 
 of the leaders of the Latter Day Saints is that they are using 
 every effort to bury this prophecy along with all others per- 
 taining to judgment against themselves, and have placed a 
 strong censorship on speaking of them. It would appear 
 that, if they could free themselves from these pronounced 
 judgments, they would produce their strong reasons and 
 avoid the suspicious course by being so sensitive toward 
 them. They boldly proclaim from the pulpit the equivalent 
 that God has not the lawful right to interfere with their plans 
 by sending a prophet to the Saints unless he is set apart and 
 ordained by and thru them, for they claim that this is the 
 gate that every future apostle or prophet must pass thru. 
 This course, no doubt would insure their safety, which they 
 are seeking, and worldly guarding, but God has wisely and 
 justly reserved the right to speak, act and lead the honest in 
 heart, including His humble Saints, by and thru His chosen 
 prophets, whom He has previously brought thru the gate, 
 ordained and set apart to complete their mission at the time 
 of the restoration of all things. This future and rightful 
 reservation for this particular time for other prophets to be 
 sent forth from Heaven was given in a revelation from the 
 Lord which immediately followed the one pertaining to the 
 coming of the "One Mighty and Strong," as follows: 
 
 "Thus saith the Lord unto you, with whom the Priesthood 
 hath continued through the lineage of your fathers. For ye 
 are lawful heirs, according to the flesh, and have been hid 
 from the world with Christ in God; therefore, your life and 
 the Priesthood hath remained and must needs remain through 
 
 52 
 
you and your lineage UNTIL the restoration of all things 
 spoken by the mouths of all the holy prophets since the 
 world began." D. C. 86 :8-10. 
 
 If we contemplate the many things that are yet to be 
 restored by and thru special prophets at the time of the res- 
 toration of all things, and accept the Word of God for our 
 guide, and cursed is our lot if we fail to do so (Gal. 1:8), 
 then this all important question is forever settled, and we can 
 rightly look for and express our honest thoughts as to the 
 Priesthood rights and authority which these certain future 
 prophets will possess when they return. Furthermore, we 
 have many prophecies recorded which speak of the future 
 judgments pronounced against the wicked among our people. 
 Brief quotations are cited : 
 
 "Behold, vengeance cometh speedily upon the inhabitants 
 of the earth, a day of wrath, a day of burning, a day of deso- 
 lation, of weeping, of mourning, and of lamentation, and 
 as a whirlwind it shall come upon all the face of the earth, 
 saith the Lord, and upon my house shall it begin, and 
 from my house shall it go forth, saith the Lord. First 
 among those among you, saith the Lord, who have professed 
 to know my name and have not known me, and have blas- 
 phemed against me in the midst of my house, saith the Lord." 
 D. C. 112:24-26. 
 
 "For behold, and lo, vengeance cometh speedily upon the 
 ungodly as the whirlwind, and who shall escape it; the Lord's 
 scourge shall pass over by night and by day, and the report 
 thereof shall vex all people; yet it shall not be stayed until 
 the Lord come; for the indignation of the Lord is kindled 
 against their abominations and all their wicked works; nev- 
 ertheless Zion shall escape if she observe to do all things 
 whatsoever I have commanded her, but if she observe not to 
 do whatsoever I have commanded her, I will visit her accord- 
 ing to all her works, with sore affliction, with pestilence, with 
 plague, with sword, with vengeance, and devouring fire." 
 
 D. C. 97:22-26. 
 
 Our Priesthood callings are indeed desirable blessings, but 
 
 53 
 
the day of choosing will soon be upon us. The Lord has 
 said: 
 
 "Behold, there are many -called, but few are chosen. And 
 why are they not chosen? Because their hearts are set so 
 much upon the things of this world, and aspire to the 
 honors of men, that they do not learn this one lesson that 
 the rights of the Priesthood are inseparably connected with 
 the Powers of Heaven, and that the Powers of Heaven can- 
 not be controlled, nor handled, only upon the principles of 
 righteousness. That they may be conferred upon us, it is 
 true, but when we undertake to cover our sins, or to gratify 
 our pride, our vain ambition, or to exercise control, or 
 dominion, or compulsion upon the souls of the children of 
 men, in any degree of unrighteousness, Behold, the Heavens 
 withdraw themselves, the Spirit of the Lord is grieved; and, 
 when it is withdrawn, Amen to the Priesthood or the author- 
 ity of that man. . . . We have learned, by sad experi- 
 ence, that it is the nature and disposition of almost all men, 
 as soon as they get a little authority, as they suppose, they 
 will immediately begin to exercise unrighteous dominion. 
 Hence Many are called but few are chosen." D. C. 121 :34- 
 40. (95:5.) 
 
 It is no more than human nature for us to deny the fact 
 that we have become worldly, but prophecy points to our 
 daily acts and deeds too plainly to deny. The Prophet Nephi 
 has indeed pictured our actual position. His prophecy has 
 been previous quoted (p. ) , but it is of such high import- 
 ance that a portion is again cited. After referring to the 
 wicked condition of the churches of the world, he then imme- 
 diately refers to those of Zion, as follows : 
 
 "And others will he" (Lucifer) "pacify, and lull them 
 away into carnal security, that they will say, 'All is well in 
 Zion; yea, Zion prospereth; all is well/ and thus the devil 
 cheateth their souls, and leadeth them away carefully down 
 to hell. . . . Therefore, woe be unto him that is at ease 
 in Zion. Woe be unto him that crieth, 'All is well.' " II 
 Nephi 28:21, 24-25. (II Nephi 27:1-3.) 
 
 54 
 
The reader will realize the fulfillment of this prophecy 
 when he considers that the Mormon people are of Zion, and 
 that one of our present Apostles has repeated the very words 
 of Nephi in a sermon on "Prosperity," and that our Presi- 
 dent, after citing the prosperous condition of the Saints, 
 uttered with emphasis, at the October conference of 1902, 
 the following: 
 
 "We feel in our hearts that Zion is prospering, and all is 
 well with the people of God." The President's remarks were 
 reproduced, with sanction, by the following speaker the 
 President of the California Mission. Furthermore, these 
 same expressions are incorporated today in our songs and 
 speech throughout the entire church (Hymn 153), while our 
 trust in carnal security is growing daily to such an extent 
 that articles are appearing in popular magazines comparing 
 us with the greatest money trust in the world. 
 
 These facts, in conjunction with the fact that many of our 
 leaders are sinking themselves into business and placing the 
 security of the Church in the financial world, by investing 
 her tithing funds therein, to such an extent that they have 
 but little time to explain or discuss things pertaining to 
 prophecies, and have turned the Church into a business cor- 
 poration, will show that we, as a people, are drunk with 
 pride and carnal security. 
 
 Quotations from Isaiah are now presented with their strik- 
 ing fulfillment as found among the Latter Day Saints : 
 
 "Woe to the crown of pride, to the Drunkards of Ephraim, 
 whose glorious beauty is a fading flower, which are on the 
 head of the fat valleys of them that are overcome with wine ! 
 Behold, the Lord hath a Mighty and Strong One, which as a 
 tempest of hail and a destroying storm, as a flood of mighty 
 waters overflowing, shall cast down to the earth with the 
 hand. The crown of pride, the Drunkards of Ephraim, shall 
 be trodden under foot. And the glorious beauty, which is 
 on the head of the fat valley, shall be a fading flower, and 
 as the hasty fruit before the summer, which when he that 
 looketh upon it seeth, while it is yet in his hand he eateth 
 
 55 
 
it up. In that day shall the Lord of Hosts be for a crown 
 of glory, and for a diadem of beauty, unto the residue of his 
 people, And for a spirit of judgment to him that sitteth in 
 judgment, and for strength to them that turn the battle to 
 the gate." Isa. 28:1-6. (62:1-3.) 
 
 There is no question involved as to the Latter Day Saints 
 being of Ephraim; ample evidence has been presented in 
 Chapter I to show that we are of Ephraim and are numbered 
 with them in this land of their inheritance. This principle not 
 only holds good with many of our people who have a portion 
 of Ephraim blood, but it also includes the pure Gentiles who 
 possess no portion of the natural blood of Israel, for the 
 reason that as soon as they embrace the Restored Gospel and 
 receive the Holy Ghost, their blood is changed to that of 
 Israel #nd they are numbered with Ephraim, and this land 
 becomes the land of their future inheritance. (See Chapter 
 No. 1.) The "fat valleys" are indeed self-explanatory. The 
 world fully appreciates that the Mormon people have built 
 up a rich commonwealth in and among the "fat valleys" of 
 the Rocky Mountains. Furthermore, they are the only peo- 
 ple unto whom a prophet has been promised, thru prophecy, 
 who is to bear the title "One Mighty and Strong," and who 
 is to bring about appalling judgments and divine interfer- 
 ence by setting the House of God in order, divide the inher- 
 itances of the Saints in Zion, and cut off the hypocrites prior 
 to the coming of Christ. 
 
 As to our people being puffed up in pride and overcome 
 with wine (Spiritual Drunkenness, see Isa. 29:9); we need 
 only to consider their daily acts and decisions on doctrine, 
 as briefly set forth in this book, to prove that they have 
 become spiritually drunk on self-pride and self-authority, 
 and are stumbling in judgment. They do not hesitate to 
 proclaim that they are going to complete this great work 
 and no other prophets are to come unless they receive their 
 ordination thru their hands. Furthermore, if one honestly 
 and politely differs with them, they proceed to cut him off 
 or inform him that he has made himself undesirable; then 
 
 56 
 
they proceed to inform the Saints that the individual is led 
 by the spirit of Lucifer. Strange to say, however, they have 
 no desire to practice the same principles that they teach, 
 namely, to the law and testimony. They do not hesitate to 
 place their private interpretation upon the Scriptures when 
 they are not favorable, including those which indicate that 
 other prophets are to come holding authority obtained else- 
 where. Their course has become so foreign to the principles 
 of religious freedom, as taught in the Scriptures, that they 
 have indeed qualified themselves, as Isaiah declares, as "The 
 Drunkards of Ephraim." 
 
 In the days of the Prophet Joseph Smith the glory con- 
 nected with the future redemption of Zion was the center of 
 anticipation. Today this thought has practically passed 
 away with many, and Utah is held up before the Saints to 
 take its place and is referred to as Zion; but, as Isaiah 
 declares, the glory of the fat valleys will fade away when 
 the Mighty and Strong One comes to establish Zion in her 
 glory. 
 
 There is to be a remnant or residue left of the Saints after 
 the Lord's scourges have passed thru, and His spirit will be 
 for strength and judgment and for a crown of glory to those 
 who settle this battle of controversy at the gate between the 
 ways of man and of God by choosing the latter. This thought 
 is further borne out in the following revelation : 
 
 "For it shall come to pass that the inhabitants of Zion shall 
 judge all things pertaining to Zion; and liars and hypocrites 
 shall be proved by them, and they who are not apostles and 
 prophets shall be known. And even the bishop, who is a 
 judge, and his counselors, if they are not faithful in their 
 stewardships, shall be condemned, and others shall be planted 
 in their stead; For, behold, I say unto you that Zion shall 
 flourish, and the glory of the Lord shall be upon her; and 
 she shall be an ensign unto the people, and there shall come 
 unto her out of every nation under heaven. And the day 
 shall come when the nations of the earth shall tremble 
 because of her, and shall fear because of her terrible ones. 
 
 57 
 
The Lord has spoken it." D. C. 64 :38-43. 
 
 The 4th Chapter of Isaiah also speaks of the sifting of the 
 Saints, as follows: 
 
 "And in that day seven women shall take hold of one 
 man" (evidently on account of wars), "saying, 'We will eat 
 our own bread, and wear our own apparel: only let us be 
 called by thy name, to take away our reproach.' In that 
 day shall the branch of the Lord" (see Division on Branch) 
 "be beautiful and glorious, and the fruit of the earth shall 
 be excellent and comely for them that are escaped of Israel. 
 And it shall come to pass that he that is left in Zion, and he 
 that remaineth in Jerusalem, shall be called Holy, even every 
 one that is written among the living in Jerusalem. When 
 the Lord shall have washed away the filth of the daughters of 
 Zion, and shall have purged the blood of Jerusalem from the 
 midst thereof by the spirit of Judgment, and by the spirit of 
 burning. And the Lord will create upon every dwelling 
 place of Mount Zion and upon her assemblies, a cloud and 
 smoke by day and the shining of a flaming fire by night; for 
 upon all the glory shall be a defense. And there shall be a 
 tabernacle . . for a place of refuge, and for a covert 
 
 from storm and from rain." Isa. 4 :l-6. 
 
 As to the location of Mount Zion and the cloud of Glory, 
 we are informed in the 85th section of D. & C. that it will 
 be at Independence, Missouri, and that a cloud of Glory will 
 overshadow the great Temple of the New Jerusalem which is 
 to be built up at that place; and, within the generation ot 
 1832. (D. C. 84:2-5.) In regard to the remnant that is 
 to be left, the Lord has said : 
 
 "And that I may visit them in the day of visitation, when 
 I shall unveil the face of my covering, to appoint the portion 
 of the oppressor among hypocrites, where there is gnash- 
 ing of teeth, if they reject my servants and my testimony. 
 And again I will visit and soften their hearts . . . 
 that they may come to the light of truth, and the Gentiles to 
 the exaltation or lifting up of Zion. For the day of my 
 visitation cometh speedily, in an hour when ye think not of, 
 
 58 
 
and where shall be the safety of my people, and refuge for 
 those who shall be left of them?" D. C. 124:8-10. (D. C. 
 85:6-12.) 
 
 We now return to the 28th Chapter of Isaiah: "But they, 
 also have erred thru wine, and thru strong drink are out of 
 the way; the priest and the prophet have erred thru strong 
 drink, they are swallowed up of wine, they are out of the 
 way through strong drink, they err in vision, they stumble 
 in judgment. For all tables are full of vomit and filthiness 
 so that there is no place clean." 28 :7-8. 
 
 The great Prophet Isaiah has truly portrayed a sad picture 
 that shall exist among the Drunkards of Ephraim. But 
 reader do you realize that we have the same conditions 
 existing today among the Drunkards of the Latter Day 
 Saints who are of Ephraim? If you question it, consider the 
 things they are doing, and read their decisions on doctrine, 
 then compare them with the Scriptures, for your own 
 satisfaction. 
 
 Then, again, where is there a branch among our people 
 where these glorious latter day events and prophecies can be 
 discussed by the members and accepted, without sacrificing 
 their full fellowship and facing excommunication? Spiritual 
 food in the Church is today at its lowest ebb. According to 
 our latest edition of the Book of Revelations, the Doc- 
 trine and Covenants, there have been but two revela- 
 tions given since the days of Joseph Smith in 
 1844. One to Brigham Young when the Saints were 
 commanded to gather to the Rocky Mountains; the sec- 
 ond to President John Taylor on October 13, 1882, wherein 
 the Lord commanded His Priesthood, in solemn language, to 
 organize and purify themselves, and to cut off the unworthy 
 among their number. This revelation continued as follows : 
 
 "And let my Priesthood humble themselves before me, and 
 seek not their own will, but my will; for if my Priesthood 
 whom I have chosen and called and endowed with the spirit 
 and gift of their several callings, and with the powers 
 thereof, do not acknowledge me, I will not acknowledge them 
 
 59 
 
saith the Lord. For I will be honored and obeyed by my 
 Priesthood." 
 
 The revelation continues by calling upon the Priesthood 
 , to free themselves from their sins, covetousness and pride, 
 with the promise of deliverance from their enemies, and that 
 He, the Lord, would answer their prayers, and that Zion 
 would be established. The reader can appreciate the high 
 importance of giving this revelation out to the rank and file 
 of the Priesthood. In recent years it has been removed from 
 the above referred book, and but few of the Saints are 
 aware of its contents. Why? 
 
 Strange to say, our history shows that persecution soon 
 followed and became so strong that the Manifesto was issued 
 by President Woodruff in 1890; and the Heavens have been 
 closed ever since. Hence the question, Have the Priesthood 
 placed themselves right with God? At the close of these 
 many years of waiting for the voice of the Lord to comfort 
 them, many are beginning to open their eyes and realize that 
 this silence is for the reason, as stated by Isaiah, that they, 
 the Drunkards of Ephraim, have placed themselves out of 
 the way, and have erred in vision, stumbled in judgment and 
 have become spiritually drunk. In recent years worldliness 
 thru the financial field has been added to the list. Those 
 who are acquainted with conditions in Utah know these state- 
 ments to be true. 
 
 Various tracts and articles have been published in recent 
 years showing graft in high places among our people. For 
 instance, the sugar question, in which the Church tithing 
 funds have been invested and some of the leaders are finan- 
 cially involved. These various articles and tracts have shown 
 conclusively that it was and is the Church tithing funds that 
 have brought the sugar factories in our midst, and that these 
 investments were made for the mutual benefit of our people. 
 But, to the writer's surprise, these articles set forth figures 
 showing that our people, who hold the controlling interest, 
 have underpaid our farmers for their beets, as compared with 
 other States. For instance, the Second Edition of the Sugar 
 
 60 
 
Tract by C. G. Patterson, a member of the Church, shows 
 that the Colorado companies would have paid our farmers 
 $339,000 more for their 1911 crop; and in 1912 they would 
 have received $422,000 more than they received from their 
 own brethren. Bishop C. W. Nibley, the presiding Bishop of 
 the Church, and one of the leading Sugar men of Utah, has 
 explained this condition in one of his answers in an effort to 
 defend the Church position in the Sugar trust, which was 
 exposed at the time of the Government investigation. The 
 Bishop stated that the Utah farmers raised more beets to 
 the acre than in other States, hence should be contented with 
 a less price per ton. Of all the arguments, this one is truly 
 the climax. The writer asks the question, by what authority 
 has the presiding Bishop the right to rob the Utah farmer of 
 the excess blessings that God has evidently given them for 
 their faith and righteousness? 
 
 Mr. Patterson, in his Sugar tract, cites instances where 
 efforts were made to establish other sugar factories among 
 our people, but were discouraged thru the action of our 
 leaders. For example, let us consider the Minutes of the 
 Joint Boards of the Utah Sugar Company and the Amalga- 
 mated Sugar Company, of June 4th, 1903, held in Salt Lake 
 City, wherein President Joseph F. Smith was elected chair- 
 man. The minutes show that several leading men spoke 
 against the proposition of the proposed Lewiston Sugar Com- 
 pany. President Smith then took the floor and stated that 
 it was desirable that a war of interest should be averted, 
 and especially desirable that, if a factory were built at Lew- 
 iston, it should be built BY PEOPLE WHO COULD BE 
 CONTROLLED BY THE EXISTING INTERESTS. (For 
 details of meeting see p. 8 of Second Edition of Sugar Tract, 
 by C. G. Patterson, on "Business, Politics and Religion in 
 Utah.") 
 
 The result of the meeting was a committee being sent to 
 discourage the formation of a new company. Mr. Patterson 
 shows quotations from the Sugar Companies' managers stat- 
 ing that they feared the new company would raise the price 
 
 61 
 
of beets. Mr. Patterson also states "Besides all this, we 
 have Mr. Cutler's letter to Mr. Havemeyer, of November 5th, 
 1905, to the effect that your company did not want a lower 
 freight rate to the East on Utah sugar, as that would compel 
 a reduction to our own people." Mr. Patterson here adds 
 "If there has ever been a more mercenary, ungrateful or 
 selfish idea, uttered or unexpressed, in the formation and 
 conduct of the most reprehensible trust, monopoly or com- 
 bination ever formed in this nation, I would like to hear it. 
 Before leaving this subject of price, I will remind you that 
 the Mormon people have been taught that it was their duty 
 to establish and foster all needful industries among them, to 
 the end that they would not be under the necessity of paying 
 tribute to outsiders in supplying their temporal wants. When 
 the truth dawns upon this people that those whom they have 
 chosen to leadership are forcing them to do the very thing 
 they thought to avoid when they established the Sugar indus- - 
 try, I wonder what their judgment will be?" (P. 18-19.) 
 
 Mr. Patterson also cites Bishop Nibley's explanation for 
 the Sugar prices. He explains that the price is regulated by 
 the foreign shippers of Sugar, the local rate being what the 
 sugar cost in New York, plus freight from New York to Utah. 
 (The reader will note that this extreme freight rate is pure 
 profit to the Utah Sugar companies, and more properly 
 expressed as "pure graft.") Mr. Patterson here adds: "This 
 explains why sugar is no higher instead of explaining why it 
 is no lower. It explains why Utah sugar is shipped to the 
 Missouri River and sold there, at a profit, for a price that is 
 as much less than the Utah prices as the sum of the freight 
 rates to and from the Missouri River." (P. 22.) 
 
 It is also interesting to note what Mr. Patterson says in 
 regard to the Utah companies paying the California sugar 
 companies to keep out of the Utah market, called the Oxnard 
 Plan. (P. 12.) 
 
 As to the actual cost of producing beet sugar, Mr. Pat- 
 terson states that, thru an investigation, it has been disclosed 
 to not exceed 3 cents per pound, and at 3 1 /2 cents per pound 
 
 62 
 
reasonable dividends can be paid. Therefore, when the 
 Utah consumer pays from 8 to 10 cents, it is self-evident 
 why their leaders were not in favor of new companies. 
 
 Mr. Patterson, in his tract, "Utah and Her Railroads," has 
 disclosed other interesting facts. He cites the free right of 
 way that the Utah legislators have granted the railroads; 
 that Utah, Wyoming and Rhode Island are the only States 
 which do not exercise regulatory powers over their railroads. 
 He cites the amount of stock the Union Pacific has been per- 
 mitted to issue as compared with other railroads of similar 
 mileage and territory, which would require them to charge 
 the Utah people $1.71 as compared to $1.00 that other States 
 would be required to pay their railroads in order for the two 
 roads to pay the same dividends. He also asks the question, 
 Why is President Joseph F. Smith, who has no astute railroad 
 knowledge, retained on the Board of Directors of the Union 
 Pacific? He answers by stating that it was for the purpose 
 of keeping peace among the people. He also lays the same 
 charge against Apostle Smoot, who was placed in a promi- 
 nent position by the Los Angeles and Salt Lake Railroad, 
 and the same against Presiding Bishop Nibley, who has of 
 recent date been appointed as one of the directors of the 
 Western Pacific. The present writer asks the question, Why 
 do our leading Brethren accept these certain positions which 
 require time to look after? Is there not enough work in a 
 Church of over 500,000 membership for them to devote their 
 entire time to it, and does not the Church pay them a living 
 salary? Why do they seek to represent and control these 
 corporations? Surely not for the benefit of the Saints? 
 
 While writing the above lines, a letter was received from a 
 noted Mormon writer of Church literature stating opinions 
 in regard to the manuscript of the preceding chapter, which 
 was presented for criticism, as follows : 
 
 "This chapter is fine, and I do hope the book will be a 
 blessing to all who read it. There are many who are looking 
 for the coming of these mighty servants of the Lord, though 
 there are many who will oppose them; and there is nothing 
 
 63 
 
more certain than the fact that when they come there will 
 be a general apostasy. Those born in the Church will be 
 the first to fall away. This will be their supreme test, and, 
 knowing no more of the Gospel than what is taught to them, 
 having never really studied it for themselves, in the hour 
 of testing they will prove wanting. You have certainly 
 spared no pains to yourself to bring these great truths home 
 to the people, and the Lord will bless you for it." 
 
 The above expressions have come from one who would 
 not utter an ill statement against the Shepherds of Israel, 
 but it is this worldly course which they are following today 
 that is forcing many of her loyal members to acknowledge 
 facts which stand facing us at the door. These statements 
 will be fulfilled when these future prophets come and are 
 rejected by that certain portion of our leaders, the Drunk- 
 ards of Ephraim. Isaiah continues: 
 
 "Whom shall he teach knowledge? And whom shall he 
 make to understand doctrine? Them that are weaned from 
 the milk, and drawn from the breasts." (28:9.) 
 
 In the above verse lies the key to future sorrow and the 
 present low spiritual conditions existing among the Saints 
 and Priesthood, for that portion of our Shepherds have been 
 spending their time in feeding themselves on the fat and the 
 wool of earthly goods (Ezek. 34:1-25), and have been giving 
 in return only the simple or milk portions of the Gospel and 
 have prohibited the Saints progress in these greater or meat 
 portions of the Word of God. The Saints have listened to 
 this ABC portion of the Gospel ever since the days of the 
 Prophet Joseph Smith, in 1844, and have become weary and 
 have lost their ambition to press on. Our Shepherds accuse 
 the Saints of a lack of interest; but Isaiah says, the error 
 lies with the Priest and the Prophets, for the reason that 
 they have gone out of the way, and have erred in vision, 
 stumbled in judgment, and have failed to wean the flock 
 from the breast. 
 
 In former days, the Priesthood labored to press onward. 
 Paul complained of the Saints* slow progress. He says: 
 
 64 
 
"We have many things to say, and hard to be uttered, 
 seeing ye are dull of hearing. For when for the time ye 
 ought to be teachers, ye have need that one teach you again 
 which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are 
 become such as have need of milk, and not of strong meat. 
 For every one that useth milk is unskillful in the word of 
 righteousness; for he is a babe. But strong meat belongeth 
 to them that are of full age, even those who by reason of 
 use have their senses exercised to discern both good and 
 evil." Heb. 5:11-14. 
 
 It appears that the Saints are not aware of the fact that 
 the Lord has commanded them to seek the mysteries of the 
 Kingdom. Their error seemingly lies in the fact that their 
 Shepherds have applied that portion of the Scriptures to the 
 Saints that should be applied to the unconverted; and have 
 ignored the mysteries of the Kingdom. The following quo- 
 tation is one of many which bear out the above thought: 
 
 "Behold, I say unto you, keep my commandments, and seek 
 to bring forth and establish the cause of Zion. Seek not for 
 riches, but for wisdom, and, behold, the mysteries of God 
 shall be unfolded unto you, and then shall you be made rich 
 . Say nothing but repentance unto this generation; 
 keep my commandments, and assist to bring forth my work, 
 according to my commandments, and you shall be blessed. 
 Behold, thou hast a gift, and blessed art thou because of thy 
 gift. Remember it is sacred and cometh from above; and if 
 thou wilt inquire thou shalt know mysteries which are great 
 and marvelous; therefore thou shalt exercise thy gift, that 
 thou mayest find out mysteries, that thou mayest bring many 
 to the knowledge of the truth; yea, convince them of the 
 error of their ways. Make not thy gift known unto any, 
 save it be to those who are of thy faith. Trifle not with 
 sacred things." D. C. 6:6-12. (D. C. 76:5-10; 11:1-7; 
 63:23. Mai. 3:16-17.) 
 
 Isaiah proceeds to identify and censure the Drunkards of 
 Ephraim : 
 
 "For with stammering lips and another tongue will he 
 
 65 
 
speak to this people, to whom he said, This is the rest where- 
 you ye may cause the weary to rest, and this is the 
 refreshing; yet they would not hear. But the Word of the 
 Lord was unto them, precept upon precept, precept upon 
 precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and 
 there a little; that they might go, and fall backward, and 
 be broken, and snared, and taken." (28 :11-13.) 
 
 Have the Latter Day Saints heard? Some answer yes; 
 but what about the Nauvoo House which the Lord com- 
 manded the Saints to build, but they failed to fulfil? (D. C. 
 124:22-24, 56-60.) This house was to be a boarding house 
 for the weary traveler to find rest while contemplating the 
 building up of Zion and her great temple, as well as the 
 building up of the Nauvoo Stake, which was to be a corner- 
 stone of Zion. The reader should note the similarity of lan- 
 guage as quoted from Isaiah with that as given to our peo- 
 ple, as follows : 
 
 "And it shall be for a house for boarding, a house that 
 strangers may come from afar to lodge therein; therefore, 
 let it be a good house, worthy of all acceptation, that the 
 weary traveler may find health and safety while he shall 
 contemplate the Word of the Lord, and the cornerstone I 
 have appointed for Zion. And let the name of that house 
 be called Nauvoo House, and let it be a delightful habitation 
 for man, and a resting place for the weary traveler, that he 
 may contemplate the Glory of Zion, and the Glory of this 
 corner-stone thereof." D. C. 124:23, 60. 
 
 Isaiah says that this resting place shall be for a refreshing, 
 meaning restoration by food or drink; the D. & C. says that 
 it shall be a resting and boarding house for the weary 
 traveler. 
 
 The Latter Day Saints are also the very people who have 
 received line upon line and precept upon precept. The rev- 
 elations that were given to Joseph Smith constitute a volume 
 of printed matter, which does not include the Book of Mor- 
 mon and Book of Moses as revealed thru him. Joseph Smith 
 evidently saw our day and sounded the key of warning that 
 
 66 
 
we should go forward and not backward. In his address to 
 the Church, on September 6, 1842, he referred to the many 
 heavenly messengers who had been sent unto them in this 
 dispensation; that the Voice of the Lord had outlined this 
 great Latter Day work; that Elijah, Peter, James and John, 
 Moroni, Adam or Michael and Noah, who is Gabriel, had all 
 appeared; he then remarked: "all declaring their dispensa- 
 tion, their rights, their keys, their honors, their majesty and 
 glory, and the powers of their Priesthood; given line upon 
 line, precept upon precept; here a little, and there a little 
 giving us consolation by holding forth that which is to come, 
 confirming our hope. Brethren, shall we not go on in so 
 great a cause? Go forward and not backward." D. C. 
 128:21-22. 
 
 Oh, how sadly have we failed to heed his voice of warning, 
 and have done as Isaiah said: "The word of the Lord was 
 unto them precept upon precept, line upon line; here a little 
 and there a little; that they might go and fall backward, 
 and be broken, and snared, and taken." (28:13.) 
 
 We have failed to redeem Zion; we have failed to live the 
 law of consecration ; we have failed to live the marriage law, 
 and have made a permanent agreement to abandon same; 
 we have so lived that the Heavens have been closed ever 
 since the Revelations, as given to President John Taylor, 
 wherein the Priesthood were warned that if they did not 
 repent, purify themselves and honor Him, that He would 
 not "acknowledge them;" and we have failed to advance 
 ourselves beyond the first principles of the Gospel, and today 
 we are sinking the security of the Church into stocks and 
 bonds in preference to the souls of men. 
 
 Isaiah continues to quote other grievances against this 
 people, the Drunkards of Ephraim, "Wherefore, hear the 
 Word of the Lord, ye scornful men, that rule this people 
 which is in Jerusalem." (28:14.) 
 
 Is it not a fact that our leaders are becoming more scorn- 
 ful from year to year, for today they are casting their 
 Brethren out of their midst because they cannot see certain 
 
 67 
 
prophecies as they do. As to Utah, she is one of the stakes 
 of the New Jerusalem which Jerusalem is to be redeemed 
 and built up with her glory in Missouri within the generation 
 of 1832. It is also to be called "Mount Zion," the capital 
 of the Kingdom of God on this continent. (D. C. 84:1-5. 
 133:8-24.) 
 
 The reader will bear in mind that the word "Jerusalem" 
 is also applied in the Scriptures, referring to a land of peace, 
 the dwelling place of God's people, as is the word "Babylon" 
 to designate confusion and a worldly people. Isaiah uses 
 similar methods in the following or 29th Chapter to designate 
 another certain people of the Western continent, recognized 
 by our greatest writers, namely, the late Apostle Orson Pratt, 
 and James E. Talmage, of the present quorum, the latter 
 stating in his booklet entitled "The Book of Mormon," (p. 
 26-7), the following: 
 
 "Reverting to the writings of Isaiah, we find that prophet 
 voicing the Lord's threatenings against Ariel, or Jerusalem, 
 'the city where David dwelt/ Ariel was to be distressed, 
 burdened with heaviness and sorrow; then the prophet refers 
 to some people, other than Judah who occupied Jerusalem, 
 for he makes comparison with the latter, saying, 'And it 
 shall be unto me as Ariel/ As to the fate decreed against 
 this other people, we read : 'And thou shalt be brought down, 
 and shalt speak out of the ground, and thy speech shall be 
 low out of the dust, and thy voice shall be, as of one that 
 hath a familiar spirit, out of the ground, and thy speech 
 shall whisper out of the dust/ 
 
 "Of the fulfillment of these and associated prophecies, a 
 modern apostle has written: 'These predictions of Isaiah 
 could not refer to Ariel, or Jerusalem, because their speech 
 has not been "out of the ground," or "low out of the dust"; 
 but it refers to the remnant of Joseph who were destroyed in 
 America upwards of fourteen hundred years ago. The Book 
 of Mormon describes their downfall, and truly it was great 
 and terrible. . . . This remnant of Joseph, in their dis- 
 tress and destruction, became as Ariel/ " 
 
 68 
 
Apostle Talmage adds: "Isaiah's striking prediction that 
 the nation thus brought down should 'speak out of the 
 ground/ with speech 'low out of the dust' was literally ful- 
 filled in the bringing forth of the Book of Mormon, the 
 original of which was taken out of the ground, and the voice 
 of the record is as that of one speaking from the dust." 
 (Isa. 29, Ghap. Ezek. 37:16-19.) 
 
 The above prophecy and historical facts, as briefly cited, 
 which can be verified from a hundred sources, clearly -con- 
 nect the people of the Western Continent with its fulfillment. 
 This chapter of Isaiah also more fully defines the term 
 "Drunkards." He says: "They are drunken, but not with 
 wine; they stagger, but not with strong drink." (29:9.) 
 
 The Latter Day Saints are a temperance people, but it is 
 the spiritual drunkards to whom Isaiah is referring. 
 
 As Isaiah proceeds in the 28th Chapter, he becomes more 
 serious with the Drunkards of Ephraim, saying: 
 
 "Because ye have said, We have made a covenant with 
 death, and with hell are we at agreement; when the over- 
 flowing scourge shall pass through, it shall not come unto 
 us: for we have made lies our refuge, and under falsehood 
 have we hid ourselves. Judgment also will I lay to the line, 
 and righteousness to the plummet : and the hail shall sweep 
 away the refuge of lies, and the waters shall overflow the 
 hiding place. And your covenant with death shall be dis- 
 annulled, and your agreement with hell shall not stand; 
 when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, then ye 
 shall be trodden down by it. From the time that it goeth 
 forth it shall take you : for morning by morning shall it pass 
 over, by day and by night; and it shall be a vexation only 
 to understand the report. For the bed is shorter than that 
 a man can stretch himself on it, and the covering narrower 
 than that he can wrap himself in it. For the Lord shall rise 
 up as in Mount Perazim, He shall be wroth as in the Val- 
 leys of Gibeon, that He may do His work, His strange work; 
 and bring to pass His act, His strange act. Now, therefore, 
 be ye not mockers, lest your bands be made strong; for I 
 
 69 
 
have heard from the Lord God of Hosts a consumption, even 
 determined upon the whole earth. . . . This also com- 
 eth forth from the Lord of Hosts, which is wonderful in 
 counsel, and excellent in working." (28:15, 17-22, 29.) 
 
 The Lord is to rise up as he did in Mount Perazim, where 
 He fought the battle of Israel, destroying their enemies by 
 water. (II Sam. 5:20.) He shall be wroth as in the valleys 
 of Gibeon, where He destroyed her enemies with hail (Josh. 
 10:1*1); this is to be a portion of His strange work and 
 strange act among the Drunkards of Ephraim. Today, "they 
 are accounted as the salt of the earth and the savor of men. 
 They are called to be the savor of men." But, "if that salt 
 of the earth lose its savor, behold, it is henceforth good for 
 nothing, only to be cast out and trodden under the feet of 
 men." D. C. 101:39-40. 
 
 The question also presents itself, have our people made a 
 covenant with their persecutors? Our history shows that the 
 Priesthood brought an end to their persecution by issuing, 
 in 1890, the document known as the "Manifesto." Before 
 analyzing this question further, it is fitting here to add that 
 a man's character is no better than his word. Hence, a cove- 
 nant ma4e between any two people must be maintained. 
 The question as to the right or wrong of this covenant, from 
 a national standpoint, which our leaders have made is not 
 concerned in this book, for the writer considers the issue 
 closed. But the question here of interest resolves itself 
 into : was the covenant actually dictated and written by man, 
 and then later claimed to have come by way of a vision and 
 revelation? If so, then we have the fulfillment of the 
 prophecy of Isaiah and Jeremiah. With this outline in mind, 
 let us proceed to analyze the source of the Manifesto as 
 issued on September 24th, 1890. The following is taken 
 from the "Outlines of Ecclesiastical History," by B. H. 
 Roberts, (p. 416.) 
 
 "The clause in President Woodruff's Manifesto which dis- 
 continued plural marriage is as follows: 'Inasmuch as laws 
 have been enacted by Congress forbidding plural marriages, 
 
 70 
 
which laws have been pronounced constitutional by the Court 
 of Last Resort, I hereby declare my intention to submit to 
 those laws, and to use my influence with the members of the 
 Church over which I preside to have them do likewise'." 
 
 The same testimony is borne out in President George Q. 
 Cannon's sermon of October 6th, 1890. President Cannon 
 first quoted the revelation of D. C. 124: 49, wherein the 
 Lord says that when He gives a commandment to the sons 
 of men, and they go forth to fulfill it with all their might, 
 and their enemies come upon them and prevent them from 
 complying with His word, then He would not hold them 
 responsible. President Cannon then remarked: "It is on 
 this basis that President Woodruff has felt himself justified 
 in issuing this Manifesto." (Quoted in same book and page.) 
 If the reader will consider that Mr. Cannon was one of the 
 three Presidents, and first counselor to President Woodruff 
 at the time the Manifesto was issued, the evidence cited will 
 be sufficient to show that there were no revelations or visions 
 given in connection with the Manifesto, for the reason that 
 if God had given this instruction and commandment, as 
 claimed today, then there would have been nothing left to do 
 but to publish the revelation and obey the same without 
 responsibility. 
 
 The issuing of this Manifesto brought on a great amount 
 of dissatisfaction in the Church. To overcome this, Presi- 
 dent Woodruff declared: 
 
 "I have received a revelation and commandment from the 
 Lord, which I have not revealed to any man, which I shall 
 reveal to this assembly, and the command of the Lord I shall 
 give to this people, which is this: The Lord has revealed to 
 me that there are many in the Church who feel badly tried 
 about the Manifesto, and also about the testimony of the 
 President and Apostles before the Master in Chancery. The 
 Lord has commanded me to put the following question to the 
 Saints." The President then presented a lengthy argument, 
 enumerating the past sufferings the Saints had endured and 
 others which they would pass thru if they continued to live 
 
 71 
 
according to the plural marriage laws, and then he stated 
 that if they would consider these things "the inspiration of 
 the Lord will reveal to any person which course wisdom 
 would dictate us to pursue." (Given at Box Elder Quarterly 
 Conference, October 25th, 1891.) 
 
 It would appear that this would have been another golden 
 opportunity to disclose the vision and revelation from the 
 Lord which gave the authority to issue the Manifesto, if they 
 were given. 
 
 But what do we hear today concerning a revelation and 
 vision given just prior to the issuing of the Manifesto? The 
 following are quotations from letters received by the writer 
 from one of the present General Authorities, in answer to a 
 question from the writer if a revelation or vision was given 
 in connection with the issuing of the Manifesto. He replied : 
 
 "It was shown to President Woodruff by vision and reve- 
 lation why the Manifesto was given, and it became a rule of 
 the Church." (Letter dated Salt Lake City, February 21st, 
 1916.) 
 
 The writer again wrote for information as to where he 
 could find a copy of this revelation and vision referred to, 
 which was not published in the Manifesto or elsewhere. In 
 due time a letter was received, dated March 16th, 1916, 
 stating : 
 
 "I received your former letter, as well as your second 
 letter, dated March 13th. I answered your question fully 
 and completely that President Wilf ord Woodruff was shown 
 by vision and revelation as to the issuance of the Manifesto. 
 There was no written revelation that was presented to the 
 Church other than the Manifesto." 
 
 Reader, can you contemplate a reason why the above 
 referred to vision and revelation were never published? Bear 
 in mind the unrest that its concealment has brought forth, 
 whereas if the revelation had been published and the vision 
 or dream told, it would have forever settled the question. 
 Do you realize that there is but one answer, namely, that 
 there was none given or received to publish. We have gone 
 
 72 
 
thus far, let us now see what the Lord says about those who 
 receive, or claim they received, His Word, but fail to tell or 
 publish it. 
 
 In running thru the prophecies of Jeremiah which refer 
 to the latter days, we find in the 23rd chapter wherein he 
 speaks of the final gathering of God's people, the coming of 
 the Servant known as the "Branch" (see Division on 
 Branch), the return of the Ten Lost Tribes, and a whirl- 
 wind judgment to be sent from the Lord against the wicked ; 
 then the Prophet adds, "The anger of the Lord shall not 
 return, until he have executed, and till he have performed 
 the thoughts of his heart: in the latter days ye shall consider 
 it perfectly." (3:20.) (See D.' C. 97:21-26; 112:24-26, 
 for this same form of judgment threatened against the Lat- 
 ter Day Saints.) Jeremiah then proceeds to pronounce 
 judgments against certain prophets, as follows: 
 
 "I have heard what the prophets said, that prophecy lies 
 in my name, saying, I have dreamed, I have dreamed. How 
 long shall this be in the heart of the prophets that prophecy 
 lies? Yea, they are prophets of deceit of their own heart. 
 Which think to cause my people to forget my name by their 
 dreams, . . . The prophet that hath a dream let him tell 
 a. dream; and he that hath my word, let him speak my word 
 faithfully. ... Is not my word like as a fire? 
 Therefore, behold, I am against the prophets, saith the Lord, 
 that steal my words every one from his neighbor." Jer. 
 23:25-31. 
 
 The Lord clearly states Himself in the above quotations 
 along these lines, and they are in harmony with His Words 
 as pronounced against the Drunkards of Ephraim. (The 
 reader is here especially requested to compare them with 
 those prononuced against the Drunkards of Ephraim before 
 continuing. See p. 69-70 for Isa. 28:15, 17-22, 29.) 
 
 Not only have the Latter Day Saints made a covenant that 
 is identical in form as portrayed in the above cited quota- 
 tions, but we are the ones who have this whirlwind judgment 
 hanging over our heads. (D. C. 97:21-26; 112:24-26.) Fur- 
 
 73 
 
thermore, our people are the ones whom this "Strange Work 
 and Strange Act" is to be accomplished amidst. Our revela- 
 tion reads: 
 
 "That I may proceed to bring to pass my act, my strange 
 act, and perform my work, my strange work, that men may 
 discern between the righteous and the wicked, saith your 
 God." D. C. 101:95; (95:1-6.) 
 
 One of the main events, which has been reserved until last, 
 as spoken of by Isaiah to be accomplished by the "One 
 Mighty and Strong," is that he is to establish a precious cor- 
 ner-stone, which is to be a gathering place and sure founda- 
 tion for those who believe. He declares: 
 
 "Therefore, thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I lay in Zion, 
 for a foundation a stone, a tried stone, a precious corner 
 stone, a sure foundation : he that Jbelieveth shall not make 
 haste." 28:16. 
 
 The Prophet Nephi, after referring to the establishment 
 of the New Jerusalem, the Zion of America uses the same 
 term in speaking of the final gathering of the righteous to 
 the lands of their inheritance. He states: 
 
 "And they shall go out from all nations, and they shall 
 not go out in haste, nor go by flight, for I will go before 
 them, saith the Father, and I will be their rearward." Ill 
 Nephi 21 :29. (Ill Nephi 20:42-46.) 
 
 This work of establishing a gathering place by the "Mighty 
 and Strong One" is also the identical work that the "One 
 Mighty and Strong" is to fulfill in Zion among the Latter 
 Day Saints. Our revelation reads: "And it shall come to 
 pass that I, the Lord God, will send one mighty and strong, 
 holding the sceptre of power in his hand, clothed with light 
 for a covering, whose mouth shall utter words, eternal words, 
 while his bowels shall be a fountain of truth, to set in order 
 the House of God, and to arrange by lot the inheritances of 
 the Saints." D. C. 85:7. 
 
 The laying, or establishing, of this precious corner-stone 
 has also its striking meaning and fulfillment in connection 
 with the setting up of the Kingdom proper. First, we find 
 
 74 
 
the Lord referring to the Stake of Nauvoo as "a corner-stone 
 of Zion." (D. C. 124:2, 23, 131.) Hence, if one of the 
 stakes of Zion is a corner-stone, then the center stake is 
 indeed a precious corner-stone, and will be, when redeemed, 
 a sure foundation, never to fall. 
 
 The question of the stone referring to the future and 
 literal Kingdom of God, as spoken of by Daniel and others, 
 which is to be set up prior to the coming of Christ, is further 
 discussed under the Chapter on "Kingdom." The reader will 
 find in this chapter quotations from Joseph Smith confirming 
 the above statement. The terms "stone" and "rock" are 
 used in the Scriptures in various places representing the 
 Christ, the Gospel, Revelations, Stakes of Zion and future 
 Kingdom. (I Cor. 10:4. D. C. 11:24. Matt. 16:17-18. 
 D. C. 124:2. Dan. 2:31-45.) 
 
 It would appear that all of our Shepherds would be inter- 
 ested in the building up of Mount Zion, the New Jerusalem, 
 which will be the redemption of Zion, but their own state- 
 ments strongly indicate that many of them are only inter- 
 ested in Utah and the present stakes. Inasmuch as our 
 revelations and prophecies call for the redemption of Zion 
 and the building up of her great Temple within the gener- 
 ation of 1832, D.C. 84:2-5), many inquiries have, of recent 
 years, been made as to when this work will begin, and almost 
 invariably the time is set by various members of the Priest- 
 hood from fifty to one hundred years in the future. 
 
 In recent years this question was answered thru the col- 
 umns of our Priesthood magazine, "The Improvement Era," 
 stating that inasmuch as the generation of John the Reve- 
 lator has been extended to the present time, the generation 
 of 1830 may likewise be extended. The reader may also find 
 on p. 166 herein a statement from one of our leading Patri- 
 archs, uttered within the walls of one of our Holy Temples, 
 placing the fulfillment of this event fifty years off. 
 
 This certain portion of our leaders have also practically 
 transferred the name and location of Zion to Utah. It is 
 their statements that are forcing many of the Saints to ques- 
 
 75 
 
tion the great underlying principle behind this movement, 
 and they are asking among themselves, can it be possible 
 that they fear the equilibrium of finance would be affected 
 if the Saints should begin their gathering to Zion? 
 
 The 28th Chapter has now been covered, with conclusive 
 proof showing that the Latter Day Saints have fulfilled it to 
 the very letter. That portion pertaining to future events 
 also has its complete fulfillment embodied in the same lan- 
 guage within the revelations as given thru Joseph Smith per- 
 taining to the Latter Day Saints. Furthermore, history fails 
 to show where any portion of that chapter has been fulfilled 
 by any other people in former years. Hence, there remains 
 but one conclusion, namely, the Drunkards of Ephraim are 
 the Drunkards among the Latter Day Saints who are of 
 Ephraim. 
 
 In conclusion, the writer desires to state that the above 
 chapter has been presented for the purpose of showing addi- 
 tional Scriptural proof that there is to be a great leader, 
 "The Mighty and Strong One," to come forth among the 
 Latter Day Saints at the time of setting the House of God 
 in order, and redemption of Zion. 
 
 We now pass this unpleasant subject, and take up the 
 mission of various apostles and prophets who are to return, 
 according to prophecy, at the time of the restoration of all 
 things, (which is at our door), to complete the building up 
 of the Kingdom of God, and the gathering of His people. 
 These great events are to take place during the days of 
 tribulation and crumbling of nations, just prior to the com- 
 ing of our great King, Jesus the Christ. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 THE BRANCH, A FUTURE PROPHET 
 
 The prophets whom the Lord has chosen to build up the 
 Kingdom and lead His people in their final gatherings are 
 referred to under various names; which sometimes designate 
 their lineage or mission. The Branch is referred to as a 
 
 76 
 
descendant of Jesse and builder of a latter day temple; He 
 is to sit upon the Lord's throne as a priest; and to remove 
 the iniquity of a certain land in one day. 
 
 The language of the various prophets, who have spoken of 
 this Servant, strongly indicates that he is to hold priesthood 
 powers of high note. The description of his mission parallels 
 that of Elijah's future labors more than that of David, the 
 future king, who likewise will be a descendant of Jesse. 
 Various references that refer to the "Branch," also speak of 
 this future King. We quote: 
 
 "I will gather the remnant of my flock out of all countries 
 whither I have driven them. . . And I will set up shep- 
 herds over them which shall feed them: . . . Behold, 
 the days come, saith the Lord, that J will raise unto 
 David a righteous Branch, and a King shall reign and pros- 
 per, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth." 
 Jer. 23 :3-5. 
 
 It is readily seen that two characters are here mentioned; 
 furthermore, the 6th, 7th and 8th verses show clearly that 
 these shepherds are to come at the time of the final gathering 
 of Israel and the return of the Ten Lost Tribes. Again we 
 find: 
 
 14. "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will 
 perform that good thing which I have promised unto the 
 house of Israel and to the house of Judah. 15. In those 
 days, and at that time, will I cause the Branch of righteous- 
 ness to grow up unto David; and he shall execute judgment 
 and righteousness in the land. 16. In those days shall 
 Judah be saved, and Jerusalem shall dwell safely: and this 
 is the name wherewith she" (Jerusalem) "shall be called, 
 The Lord our righteousness. 17. For thus saith the Lord; 
 David shall never want a man to sit upon the throne of the 
 house of Israel: 18. Neither shall the priest, the Levites, 
 want a man before me to offer burnt offerings, . . . and 
 to do sacrifice continually." Jer. 33:14-18. 
 
 We here have the two characters mentioned again. Verses 
 14 to 16 referring to the Branch; the 17th to David, the 
 
 77 
 
future King; and the 18th, being a continuation of the mis- 
 sion of the Branch. These verses clearly show that the 
 Branch is to labor as a leader among the Priesthood, and 
 David as a civil head, like David of old. (See division, 
 "David the Future King.") 
 
 The Prophet Zechariah informs us that the Branch is to 
 build a future temple, and stand at the head of the Priest- 
 hood. In other words, he is to sit as a priest and rule in 
 that capacity in the Lord's kingdom when it is established in 
 its fullness, and there is to be peace and harmony between 
 him and the Lord : 
 
 "Thus speaketh the Lord of hosts, saying, Behold the man 
 whose name is The Branch; and he shall grow up out of his 
 place, and he shall build the temple of the Lord: Even he 
 shall build the Temple of the Lord; and he shall bear the 
 glory, and shall sit and rule upon his throne; and he shall 
 be a priest upon his throne; and the counsel of peace shall 
 be between them both. 
 
 "15. And they that are far off shall come and build in 
 the temple of the Lord, and ye shall know that the Lord of 
 Hosts hath sent me unto you. And this shall some to pass, 
 if he will diligently obey the voice of the Lord your God." 
 Zech. 6:12-13, 15. 
 
 The coming of a people from afar off to build in this tem- 
 ple, evidently the great future temple in Zion, will no doubt 
 include the Ten Lost Tribes; for the fourth chapter of Isaiah, 
 unquestionably, connects the mission of the Branch with that 
 of the final gathering of Israel. Isaiah also refers to his 
 lineage as being a descendant of Jesse. We quote: 
 
 "And there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of 
 Jesse," (Jesus Christ the stem, D. C. 113:1-4) "and a Branch 
 shall grow out of his roots." Isa. 11:1. 
 
 No effort will be made to connect up the mission of the 
 prophet who is referred to as the "Branch" with those with 
 whom we are acquainted, who have a future mission to fulfil 
 in building up the Kingdom of God just prior to the coming 
 of Christ. However, attention is called to the fact that the 
 
 78 
 
mission of Elijah is similar to that of the Branch; 
 
 (1) Elijah is to come back and restore the fullness of 
 the priesthood, which will include the ordinance of sacrifice, 
 (J. S. T., p. 120-1; C. H., Vol. 4, p. 211; Comp., p. 272, 
 Gems.) 
 
 (2) Elijah is to return and build up the Kingdom and a 
 Temple to its capstone. (Comp., p. 283. Spirit of Messiah, 
 C. H., Vol. 6, p. 249, given March 10, 1844.) 
 
 (3) In building up the Kingdom, it will necessitate the 
 removal of iniquity from that certain land; which will 
 require Priesthood power of worthy note. This is in har- 
 mony with the mission of the "Mighty and Strong One." 
 The Prophet Zechariah informs us that this work will be 
 done by the Branch at or near the time of the great reign 
 of peace. (3:8-10.) (D. C. 85:6-9.) 
 
 (4) Elijah is to hold the highest priesthood powers of 
 those among whom he is to labor in building up Zion and 
 the Kingdom; therefore, he will sit and rule as a priest in 
 that kingdom. If the reader will consider David as the 
 future civil head, and Elijah as the future ecclesiastical head, 
 which indeed they will be, it may assist in solving the prob- 
 lem of applying these various scriptures to the proper 
 individuals. 
 
 Then again, if we consider the mighty works that Elijah 
 did in former days, in calling down fire from heaven, once 
 to consume the sacrifice, which the 450 prophets of Baal had 
 failed to do (I Kings 18th chapter) ; the consuming of the 
 102 soldiers; the producing of a famine, followed by a great 
 rain; the raising of the dead (17:17-24), all at his command, 
 and last of all his wonderful ascension in a chariot of fire (II 
 Kings, first and second chapters), it will tend to assist in 
 comprehending the magnitude of his future priesthood 
 powers. 
 
 The fact that Peter, James and John the Baptist were able 
 to come back and restore their Priesthood, although they 
 had previously passed thru death, is ample evidence within 
 itself, to prove that Elijah's latter day work includes more 
 
 79 
 
than his appearance in the Kirtland temple in 1836 to restore 
 the ordinances for the dead. Joseph Smith once said that 
 "translated bodies are designed for future missions." The 
 translation of Elijah and the sanctification of John the Rev- 
 elator, and the three Nephites, according to the scriptures, 
 was essential in order for them to labor openly among men 
 in the latter days. (Ill Nephi 28:1-40.) 
 
 In concluding on the Branch, we refer again to Isa. 11:1, 
 wherein the Rod, the Stem of Jesse (Jesus Christ), and the 
 Branch are mentioned, and by reasoning that the Branch and 
 the Rod are two separate persons, then Elijah cannot be the 
 Rod, for the Rod is to come from the Stem; but there is no 
 evidence to show that Elijah cannot fulfil the future mission 
 of the "Branch," and the "One Mighty and Strong." As 
 far as we now know, Elijah is to hold the senior membership 
 in the Priesthood when he comes. 
 
 We now pass to the great future mission of the Apostle 
 John. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 THE FUTURE ELIAS 
 JOHN THE APOSTLE AND REVELATOR 
 
 Jesus, the Christ, after seeing his mission rejected by the 
 Jews, made this prediction, "Ye shall not see me henceforth, 
 till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the 
 Lord." Math. 23:39. 
 
 Likewise will it be with the Apostle John when he returns, 
 according to prophecy, to complete his glorious and mighty 
 mission of gathering the righteous of the House of Israel, 
 as well as the Gentiles, to the lands of their inheritance. 
 For the hour of their deliverance and redemption will be at 
 a time of trouble and distress among nations. (D. C. 
 63:32-37.) This condition now exists, and the plagues of 
 destruction will continue to humble them for their wicked 
 ways; then will his mighty leadership and power to establish 
 Zion of America and Jerusalem of Palestine, as places of 
 
 80 
 
refuge from storm, be hailed with joy, so unlike that of 
 former days, wherein men sought to put him to death. 
 (Rev. 1:9.) 
 
 The historian Fox has handed down the following infor- 
 mation concerning John: "He was ordered by Emperor 
 Domitian to be sent bound to Rome, where he was condemned 
 to be cast into a cauldron of boiling oil. But here a miracle 
 appeared in his favor; the oil did him no injury, and Domi- 
 tian, therefore, not being able to put him to death, banished 
 him to Patmos, to work at the mines. He was, however, 
 recalled by Nerva, who succeeded Domitian; but was deemed 
 a martyr on account of his having undergone an execution, 
 though it did not take effect." Fox's Book of Martyrs, 
 page 19. 
 
 His life was spared for the reason that the Lord had a 
 great future mission for him to perform. Some claim that 
 1 because John came with Peter and James to Joseph Smith 
 in 1829, to restore the Melchisedek priesthood, that he is, 
 therefore, not to come again. We will admit that he came, 
 but so did Moroni come and deliver the Book of Mormon, 
 and yet he is to come again and bring the sealed part of 
 that Book, for the reason that he holds "the keys of the 
 record of the stick of Ephraim." D. C. 27:5. 
 
 Then there is Elijah, who came to the Kirtland Temple 
 on April 3, 1836, and restored the Authority and Keys 
 (power and knowledge) for the Work of the Dead (D. C. 
 27:9; 110:13-16.), yet we are told by the Prophet Joseph 
 Smith that he is to come again and restore the ordinance of 
 sacrifice, as well as the higher powers and keys of the Priest- 
 hood, and build up the kingdom. [C. H. Vol. 4, p. 207, J. S. 
 T., page 120 and 34-35 (given October 5, 1840). C. H., 
 Vol. 6, p. 249 (given March 10, 1844). See Elijah, Chap. 
 IV.] Then, too, there is Adam, who came to Joseph Smith 
 (D. C. 128: 20-21), yet we are told by the prophets that he 
 is to come again before the Lord comes. Joseph Smith said : 
 
 "Daniel, in his seventh chapter, speaks of the Ancient of 
 Days; he means the oldest man, our Father Adam, Michael, 
 
 81 
 
he will call his children together and hold a council with 
 them to prepare them for the coming of the Son of Man. 
 He (Adam) is the father of the human family, and presides 
 over the spirits of all men, and all that have had the keys 
 must stand before him in this grand council. This may take 
 place before some of us leave this stage of action." J. S. 
 T., page 122. (C. H. Vol. 3, p. 385. Dan. 7:9-14. 12:1-4.) 
 From these references, we can see that John can re- 
 turn the second time, providing his mission has not been 
 finished, and indeed it has not been completed as we shall 
 set forth in this volume. His mission was shown to him on 
 the Isle of Patmos, and it is further explained in D. & C. 
 as follows: 
 
 "What are we to understand by the little book which was 
 eaten by John, as mentioned in the Tenth Chapter of Reve- 
 lations? We are to understand that it was a mission, and 
 an ordinance, for him to gather the Tribes of Israel; be- 
 hold, this is Elias; who, as it is written, must come and re- 
 store all things." D. C. 77: 14. 
 
 John's first coming was in 1829, and the above revelation 
 was given in March, 1832, and we all know that he did not 
 come in the capacity of the Elias, as all things have not 
 been restored, nor did he gather Israel. Therefore, he is 
 to come again and complete his mission. 
 
 We are told by Nephi that in the Latter Days when the 
 Lord begins His work of preparing the honest in heart in 
 order that He may gather them, that the work will begin 
 amongst us, as well as amongst the Ten Lost Tribes. (III. 
 Nephi 21:26-29.) The Prophet Joseph Smith has informed 
 us, through the spirit of prophecy (1831). (The historian 
 tells us that "the Spirit of the Lord fell upon Joseph in an 
 unusual manner," on this occasion) "that John the Revela- 
 tor was then among the Ten Tribes of Isarel who had been 
 led away by Salmanasser, king of Assyria, preparing them 
 for their return from their long dispersion, to again possess 
 the land of their fathers." (C. H. Vol. L, p. 176.) There- 
 fore, when he completes his mission among those people, 
 
 82 
 
we may expect his appearance among us. One of the records 
 relative to John's future mission was written by himself. 
 We quote: 
 
 "Peter seeing him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall 
 this man do? Jesuh saith unto him, If I will that he tarry 
 till I come, what is that to thee? Follow thou me. Then 
 went this saying abroad among the brethren, that the dis- 
 ciple should not die: yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall 
 not die; but, if I will that he tarry till I come, what is that 
 to thee?" John 21:21-23. 
 
 It is true the Lord did not say that John would not die; 
 for all men, at the close of their earthly mission, will die, 
 but the preserving of John's life is in fulfillment of the 
 Lord's statement wherein He informs them (the twelve) 
 that some of them would live to see the coming of the Son 
 of Man to His Kingdom. (Mark 8:41-44. Inspired Trans- 
 lation.) 
 
 Reason tells us that there was absolutely no necessity for 
 John to tarry in order to restore the Priesthood in the Lat- 
 ter Days, for Peter, James and John the Baptist had all 
 passed thru death at the time when they came in 1829 to 
 Joseph Smith to restore their Priesthood. John is not the 
 only one that has been left in a translated condition, for 
 there are three other men whose bodies are sanctified and 
 are to tarry, and they likewise are to perform a great future 
 work and no doubt will labor in conjunction with him. They 
 are called the Three Nephites. 
 
 Just before the Lord left the Nephite twelve (apostles) 
 of ancient America, He asked them their desires, and nine 
 of them requested that they might be permitted to come 
 to His kingdom after they had lived to the age of man ; but 
 three of them held their peace, and the record says: 
 
 "And they sorrowed in their hearts, for they durst not 
 speak unto him the thing which they desired. And he said 
 unto them, Behold, I know your thoughts, and ye have de- 
 sired the thing .which John, my beloved, . . . desired 
 of me; therefore, more blessed are ye, for ye shall never 
 
 83 
 
taste of death, but ye shall live to behold all the doings of 
 the Father, unto the children of men, even until all things 
 shall be fulfilled, . . . And ye shall never endure 
 the pain of death; but when I shall come in my glory, ye 
 shall be changed in the twinkling of an eye from mortality 
 to immortality." Ill Nephi. 28 5-8, 18-40. 
 
 The above expression "more blessed are ye," signified that 
 their blessing was to be greater than that received by the 
 other nine Nephites. The full statement of the Lord in re- 
 gard to John was written down by himself, but this record 
 we do not possess; however, Joseph Smith was permitted to 
 see it thru the Urim and Thummim; and he gives us the 
 following translation. (C. H. Vol. 1, p. 35-36.) 
 
 "And the Lord said unto me, John, my beloved, what de- 
 sirest thou? For if ye shall ask, what you will, it shall be 
 granted unto you. And I said unto Him, Lord, give unto 
 me power over death, that I may live and bring souls unto 
 Thee. And the Lord said unto me, 'Verily, Verily, I say 
 unto thee, because thou desirest this thou shall tarry until 
 I come in my glory, and shall prophecy before nations, kin- 
 dred tongues and people. And for this cause, the Lord 
 said unto Peter, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is 
 that to thee? for he desired of me that he might bring souls 
 unto me, but thou desiredst that thou mightest speedily 
 come unto me in my kingdom. 
 
 "I say unto thee, Peter, this was a good desire, but my 
 beloved has desired that he might do more, or a greater 
 work yet among men than what he has before done; Yea, he 
 has undertaken a greater work, therefore I will make him 
 as flaming fire and a ministering angel; he shall minister 
 for those who shall be heirs of salvation who dwell on the 
 earth: And I will make thee to minister for him and for 
 thy brother James; and unto you three I will give this power 
 and the keys of this ministry until I come. Verily, I say 
 unto you, ye shall both have according to your desires, for 
 ye both joy in that which ye have desired." D. C. 7: 1-8. 
 
 Is it necessary to give further quotations to prove that 
 
 84 
 
John was to tarry, and that his future mission is to be 
 greater than his former? Surely not. The records show 
 that he with Peter and James were the pillars of the Church 
 of former days, (Gal. 2:9), but his banishment to the Island 
 of Patmos practically closed his mission in the Church; 
 hence, we may look for this greater work to be accomplished 
 during his future mission. 
 
 Peter shall minister unto him, therefore, he will have the 
 support of the highest man in authority who has been or- 
 dained since the days of Christ's mission on earth, and who, 
 with James and John, holds the keys of Christ's ministry 
 of this dispensation, as well as the former. (D. C. 27: 12- 
 13; Mat. 16: 15-19.) 
 
 The argument that John's mission and rights of holding 
 the keys of the kingdom and ministry did terminate in 1820 
 at the appearing of Jesus Christ to Joseph Smith, as claimed 
 by some of the Elders of the Church in their efforts to bury 
 John's future mission, falls short, for he is to hold this 
 power until the Lord comes in His glory. Furthermore, we 
 find Peter, James and John coming to Joseph Smith nine 
 ye^rs later and bestowing the Higher Priesthood. 
 
 We also cite the fact that when John the Baptist came 
 and bestowed the Aaronic Priesthood, in 1829, he testified 
 that he was acting under the direction of Peter, James and 
 John, who held the Keys of the Dispensation of the Fullness 
 of Times. (C. H. Vol. 1, p. 40. P. of G. P., Chap. 2, Verse 
 72.) The records show that in each dispensation where the 
 Lord has organized His Church, He has ordained twelve 
 apostles for that particular dispensation. But the authority 
 of the apostles of the Lamb exceeds them all, for the Lord 
 has said: 
 
 "Verily, verily, I say unto you, . . . that mine 
 apostles, the Twelve, . . . shall stand at my right 
 hand at the day of my coming, in a pillar of fire, 
 to judge the whole house of Israel." (D. C. 29: 12.) This 
 judging will include the twelve disciples of the Nephites, as 
 well as the apostles of our Church today; if not, then we are 
 
 85 
 
not of Israel. (I Nephi. 12:9.) Furthermore, unto three 
 of them has been given the keys of the kingdom and minis- 
 try until the end of the world: 
 
 "And also with Peter, James and John, whom I have sent 
 unto you, by whom I have ordained you, and confirmed you 
 to be apostles, and especial witnesses of my name, and bear 
 the keys of your ministry, and of the same things which I 
 revealed unto them : Unto whom I have committed the keys 
 of my kingdom, and a dispensation of the gospel for the 
 last time; and for the fullness of times, in the which I will 
 gather together in one all things, both which are in heaven, 
 and which are on earth." D. C. 27: 12-13, given Sept., 1830. 
 
 From this we learn that John, as well as Peter and James, 
 is still in authority. Therefore, John has the right and 
 authority to come and labor amongst us as our head and 
 leader, and fulfil the latter part of his mission which the 
 Lord has set him apart to perform; this conclusive evidence 
 will withstand the opinions of men. 
 
 Another point gathered from the last two references 
 quoted is that the Lord has used specific language to estab- 
 lish the fact that the "Keys of His ministry, 7 ' as well as .the 
 "Keys of His kingdom," have been given to these three 
 apostles, and to them only; though it is true that Joseph 
 Smith was a mighty prophet, and did establish the Church 
 in these Latter Days; as the Lord has said, "Which founda- 
 tion he did lay." (D. C. 136:38.) This honor and authority 
 was likewise given unto Peter, James and John in former 
 days, as well as the latter days, and, in addition to this, they 
 form the presiding quorum which shall judge the whole 
 House of Israel, as well as hold the Keys of the Kingdom of 
 all generations from that day, until the coming of Christ. 
 
 Furthermore, inasmuch as Peter and James have passed 
 beyond the grave, there remains but one who holds this 
 power; but with Peter ministering unto him, as previously 
 quoted, it gives John the authority of the full quorum on 
 earth. The rights of the Priesthood which he will hold when 
 he comes to labor amongst us lie in the fact that he has not 
 
 86 
 
seen death, and so still belongs to this world; therefore, he 
 will be the senior member of our Priesthood and in direct 
 communication with the throne of God. This authority will 
 place him in a postion to act as our head, having the knowl- 
 edge, experience, sanctification and authority to gather out 
 the righteous and seal them up unto eternal life. (See 
 Chapter VI. herein.) 
 
 It pains us to hear our fellow brethren declare that "if 
 John does come, he must be set apart by the presiding au- 
 thorities of the Church to perform his mission, before he can 
 cake an active hand in the governmental affairs of the 
 Church." The writer is lost to find words to express his 
 protest to such doctrine which the Priests and Prophets of 
 our day are teaching. Sufficient to say that they are trust- 
 ing in carnal security (II Nephi. 28: 1-21, 24-25) and have 
 overlooked the fact that we hold this authority of the Priest- 
 hood not separately, but in connection with the apostles and 
 prophets of old. 
 
 "For unto you (the Twelve) and those (the First Presi- 
 dency) ... is the power of the Priesthood given, 
 Which power you hold in connection with all those 
 who have received a dispensation at any time from the be- 
 gining of the creation." D. C. 112:30-31. 
 
 Holy Writ proclaims that there is a future prophet to 
 come and labor among men, under the title of "The Elias 
 that is to restore all things." Inasmuch as it has been re- 
 vealed thru the Prophet Joseph Smith that John the Revela- 
 tor is to be this future Elias, we may now comprehensively 
 analyze the passages referring to his coming. 
 
 THE SPIRIT OF ELIAS 
 
 The Lord Jesus Christ is the Great Prophet Elias; and 
 when he sends a prophet filled with His spirit, for a special 
 mission of restoring His gospel, and to pave the way for 
 greater things, He calls him an Elias. These special prophets 
 also act as Christ's forerunners, to open and pave the way 
 for His coming. This is in harmony with the Inspired 
 
 87 
 
Translation, (a) wherein we are told that the Prophet Elias 
 is the Lord Jesus Christ, Elias being one of his names. 
 We quote: 
 
 "John answered them, saying, I baptize with water, but 
 there standeth one among you, whom ye know not; He it 
 is of whom I bear record. He is the prophet, even Elias, 
 who, coming after me, is preferred before me, 
 for he shall baptize, not only with water, but with fire and 
 with Holy Ghost." John 1 : 27-28. 
 
 John the Baptist was one of these special prophets and 
 was filled with the spirit of Elias. (Luke 1:13-17, D. C. 
 27:7.) We also find, in a revelation given in 1832 to 
 Joseph Smith by way of explanation of a portion of the 
 Book of Revelation, the following quotation concerning 
 John the Revelator; wherein we are plainly informed that 
 he is the great Elias referred to in the Scriptures, who is 
 yet to come and restore all things: 
 
 "What are we to understand by the little book which was 
 eaten by John, as mentioned in the Tenth Chapter of Reve- 
 lation? We are to understand that it was a mission, and 
 an ordinance, for him to gather the tribes of Israel; behold, 
 this is Elias; who, as it is written, must come and restore 
 all things." D. C. 77:14. 
 
 The coming of this future Elias, John the Revelator, is 
 also mentioned in the Inspired Translation, and is so strik- 
 ing in its plainness that no avenue of doubt is left open. 
 
 "And as they came down from the mountain, Jesus 
 charged them, saying, Tell the vision to no man, until the 
 Son of Man be risen again from the dead. And His disciples 
 asked him, saying, Why then say the Scribes that Elias must 
 first come? And Jesus answered and said unto them, Elias 
 truly shall first come, and restore all things, as the prophets 
 
 FOOT NOTE: (a) Joseph Smith was commanded by the 
 Lord to translate the Bible thru the gift and power of the 
 Holy Ghost. We quote: 
 
 "And now, behold I say unto you, it shall not be given 
 unto you to know any further concerning this chapter, until 
 
 88 
 
the New Testament be translated, and in it all these things 
 shall be made known; Wherefore I give unto you that ye 
 may now translate it, that ye may be prepared for the things 
 to come; For verily I say unto you, that great things await 
 you.". D. C. 45:60-62. 
 
 The Lord intended that this translation should go unto the 
 inhabitants of the earth. For He said: 
 
 "If he" (Williams) "will do my will, let him from hence- 
 forth hearken to the counsel of my servant Joseph, and with 
 his interest support the cause of the poor and publish the 
 new translation of my holy word unto the inhabitants of the 
 earth." D. C. 124:89. 
 
 It was also Joseph Smith's desire that this book should go 
 to the world, and in one volume: 
 
 "It is not the will of the Lord to print any of the New 
 Translation in the "Millennial" Star, but when it is published, 
 it will all go to the world together, in a volume by itself, and 
 the New Testament and the Book of Mormon will be printed 
 together." C. H. Vol. 1, P. 341. In a foot note of same 
 volume, Page 324, we find the following: 
 
 "It was the intention of the Prophet to have this revised 
 version of the Scriptures, which he had made with such labor- 
 ious care, published in Zion, at the printing establishment of 
 the Church in that place." 
 
 This translation was completed by Joseph Smith, although 
 we often hear members of our Priesthood deny this fact. He 
 states : 
 
 "I completed the translation and review of the New Testa- 
 ment, on the second of February, 1833, and sealed it up no 
 more to be opened until it arrived in Zion." (C. H. Vol. 1, 
 P. 324.) 
 
 This translation when completed was as perfect as the Lord 
 would permit; however, it was the prophet's desire that he 
 should be permitted to bring out the remainder of lost scrip- 
 tures in a future revision, but he never lived to complete this 
 last desire. (Life of Joseph Smith, by C. Q. Cannon, P. 142; 
 C. H. Vol. 1, P. 324.) 
 
 89 
 
With the above references, which number only a few of the 
 quotations which could be used if space permitted, it will be 
 seen that the Lord's desire was that this book should be used 
 by the inhabitants of the earth. But we find that after the 
 death of the Prophet Joseph Smith, the manuscript was left 
 in the hands of his wife, Emma. In the spring of 1866 it 
 was turned over to Joseph Smith, their oldest son, who became 
 the President of the Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of 
 L. D. S. 
 
 This organization, which branched off from the main body 
 of the church previous to 1866, has printed and adopted this 
 sacred volume as one of their standard works in preference to 
 the King James translation, whereas the Utah Mormons, the 
 possessors of the lawful priesthood body of the Church, are 
 prohibiting the Elders from using this book officially in a 
 public capacity. (The writer of these lines tt/i*s once sharply 
 criticised by the President of the California Mission, for 
 pointing out the vast difference, plainness and additional quo- 
 tations that he had found by comparing it with that of the 
 King James version.) 
 
 The reason for rejecting the Inspired Translation, which 
 was brought forth by the gift and power of God, the writer 
 has reasons to believe, is because it is too plain on some points 
 of doctrine, which the Church is not teaching in these last 
 years; for example, the Mighty and Glorious Mission of the 
 Future Ellas. 
 
 We also note that Mark 9:3 (I. T.) informs us that it was 
 John the Baptist and Moses who appeared on the Mount of 
 Transfiguration. To our surprise, James E. Talmage, one 
 of the apostles of the Church, in his book recently published, 
 "Jesus the Christ," (P. 371) states that it was Moses and 
 Elijah who appeared. This is not the language of the Word 
 of God. Apostle Talmage's conclusion is evidently based on 
 the grounds that the name of Elias and Elijah have been 
 translated, in some places, as interchangeable; therefore, in 
 this case, it should be Elijah. From our modern revelations 
 we learn that the two names should never be used interchange- 
 
 90 
 
ably, and that King James translation of Mark 9:3-4 is cor- 
 rect. Then again, he may have had in mind the possibility 
 that Elijah restored the temple ordinances for the work of 
 the dead at that time; but the records fail to furnish a single 
 verse to substantiate this assumption. It is true that Peter 
 said on this occasion, let us build three tabernacles, but we 
 are also told that he was so excited that he did not know 
 what he was saying. (Luke 9 :33.) 
 
 The reason for rejecting this translation, as offered by the 
 members of our Priesthood, is that they believe the Reorgan- 
 ized Church changed the manuscript before they published the 
 book, but with this assumption, they have failed to produce 
 one thread of evidence to substantiate their charge; nor can 
 they disprove a single verse found therein. 
 
 have written. And again I say unto you that Elias has come 
 already, concerning whom it is written, Behold, I will send 
 my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me; and 
 they knew him not and have done unto him, whatsoever 
 they listed. Likewise shall the Son of Man suffer of them. 
 But I say unto you, Who is Elias? Behold, this is Elias, 
 whom I sent to prepare the way before me. Then the dis- 
 ciples understood that He spake unto them of John the 
 Baptist, AND ALSO OF ANOTHER who should come and 
 restore all things, as it is written by the prophets." Math. 
 17:8-14, I. T. 
 
 Of the various arguments and theories that have been 
 .advanced by members of our Priesthood in their efforts to 
 bury the mission of John, one is they have claimed that 
 Joseph Smith was this Elias who was to come and restore 
 all things; but we beg to differ. 
 
 (1) Joseph Smith never claimed to be this Elias. 
 
 (2) He has acknowledged John the Revelator to be this 
 Elias who is to come and restore all things and gather Israel, 
 by his statement as recorded in D. C. 77: 14. In this revela- 
 tion the Lord has also declared that this future Elias is to 
 be John the Revelator. 
 
 91 
 
(3) He testified October 5, 1840, that he did not restore 
 all things, and that the ordinance of sacrifices was yet to be 
 restored, as well as the fullness of the Priesthood. (Comp. 
 p. 272-3, Sacrifice to be restored. C. H. Vol. 4, p. 207, J. S. 
 T., p. 119-121) 
 
 (4) The Lord never sent him to complete this work, 
 but to lay the foundation, "Which foundation he did lay, 
 and was faithful and I took him to myself." D. C. 136: 38. 
 
 We have still another Elias referred to in D. C. 27:6-7: 
 
 "And also with Elias, to whom I have committed the keys 
 of bringing to pass the restoration of all things, spoken by 
 the mouth of all the holy prophets since the world began, 
 concerning the last days; and also John, the Son of Zecharias, 
 which Zecharias he (Elias) visited and gave promise that 
 he should have a son, and his name should be John, and 
 he should be filled with the spirit of Elias." 
 
 Now, it is readily seen that this Elias, who appeared unto 
 Zecharias, as above referred to, is not John the Baptst, nor 
 John the Revelator, for the reason that neither of them 
 were born at that time. If we go to history to find a prophet 
 by the personal name of Elias, we are lost, for there is no 
 record of such a prophet to be found. Some records show 
 the name of Elias translated interchangeably with Elijah, 
 but this should not be, for the two were never the same. 
 
 For example, in Luke 4:25, and James 5:17, Elias is 
 referred to as being the Prophet who closed the heavens, 
 thus preventing rain for three years and six months; but, 
 by reading the 17th and 18th Chapters of I Kings, we learn 
 that this wa's Elijah. Note 17:1 with Reference Note 5, 
 wherein we are told that Elijah is referred to as Elias in 
 Luke 4:25, (also Note I Kings 18: 1-2, 42-45 verses). 
 Joseph Smith informs us that the Prophet Aaron also held 
 the office and calling of Elias. We quote: 
 
 "The spirit of Elias is to prepare the way for a greater 
 revelation of God, which is the Priesthood of Elias, or the 
 Priesthood that Aaron was ordained unto. And when God 
 sends a man into the world to prepare for a greater work, 
 
 92 
 
holding the keys of the power of Elias, it was called the 
 doctrine of Elias, even from the early ages of the world." 
 
 (J. S. T., p. 28, C. H., Vol 6, p. 249.) 
 
 From the wording of the above quotation, and a close 
 study of all revelations bearing on the subject of Elias, we 
 gather that there lived in former days an Elias unto whom 
 was given a great mission. (See p. 375, "Jesus the Christ.") 
 As Moroni has been given the Keys of the Stick of Ephraim 
 (Book of Mormon), and Peter, James and John the Keys of 
 the Kingdom, (D. C. 27:5, 12-13. D. C. 7:5-8), so likewise 
 has a certain prophet been given the office and calling of 
 Elias, unto whom has been "committed the keys of bringing 
 to pass the restoration of all things," (D. C. 27:6), but in 
 the generations which followed his career in the flesh, he 
 has performed his labors thru other prophets who have 
 labored under him; who also are called Elias's;for example, 
 Peter, James and John hold the Keys of the Kingdom, yet 
 we are told they are laboring directly under Adam, who 
 holds the Keys of Salvation. (D. C. 78: 15-16.) 
 
 We conclude that this Elias, who once lived in the flesh 
 and who visited Zacharias, under the name of Gabriel, (D. 
 C. 27:6-7. Luke 1:19), is also the same Elias who came to 
 the Kirtland Temple on April 3, 1836 (D. C. 110: 12) with 
 the Lord, Moses and Elijah. Now, who was Gabriel? He 
 must have been a great restorer. Who was earth's greatest 
 restorer of life, knowledge and blassings? It was Noah, 
 because he, in his day, restored all. Joseph Smith says: 
 
 "The Priesthood was first given to Adam; he obtained the 
 First Presidency, and held the keys of it from generation 
 to generation. . . . He is Michael the Archangel, 
 spoken of in the Scriptures. Then to Noah, who is Gabriel; 
 he stands next in authority to Adam in the Priesthood; he 
 was called of God to this office, and was the father of all 
 living in his day, and to him was given the dominion. These 
 men held keys first on earth, and then in heaven." (C. H. 
 Vol. 3, p. 385.) 
 
 It is to be borne in mind that Joseph Smith and Oliver 
 
 93 
 
Cowdery had previously been called and ordained unto the 
 Aaronic as well as the Melchisedek Priesthood. Therefore, 
 these prophets who appeared in the Kirtland Temple did not 
 come to restore a Priesthood office; they came to restore a 
 portion of their Keys and Spirit of their mission to Joseph 
 Smith and Oliver Cowdery, in order that they not only 
 might have the authority of these two priesthoods, but 
 that they also should have the Keys (Knowledge) and call- 
 ing of these two Priesthoods in laying the foundation for 
 their future mission of restoring greater things. (D. C. 
 110:12.) 
 
 The Elias who appeared with Moses on the Mountain of 
 Transfiguration, as previously referred to, was John the 
 Baptist : 
 
 "And there appeared unto them Elias with Moses, or, in 
 other words, John the Baptist and Moses; and they were 
 talking with Jesus." (Mark 9: 3, Inspired Translation.) 
 
 After briefly referring to various prophets who have been 
 given the calling and spirit of Elias, we now call attention 
 to the mission and work of the Latter Day Elias, who is 
 also described in prophecy under the title of the Root of 
 Jesse. 
 
 THE ROOT OF JESSE 
 
 Keeping in mind the facts regarding the mission of John 
 the Revelator, we now refer to another revelation affirming 
 that he is to be that future prophet known as the "Root of 
 Jesse." Isaiah plainly speaks of the time when the Lord 
 shall set His hand the second time to gather the remnants 
 of his people in the last days. He informs us that the Root 
 of Jesse shall at that time stand as an ensign before all 
 people to whom the Gentiles and House of Israel shall seek. 
 
 The Lord, in speaking to the Nephites, instructed them 
 to search the words of Isaiah, for in them, He said, were to 
 be found the prediction of Israel's final gathering, (III 
 Nephi. 20:11-14) and again He said: 
 
 "Yea, a commandment I give unto you, that ye search 
 
 94 
 
these things diligently; for great are the words of Isaiah. 
 For surely he spake as touching all things concerning my 
 people which are of the House of Israel; therefore, it must 
 needs be that he must speak also to the Gentiles." Ill 
 Nephi. 23:1-2. 
 
 Because of the importance of the mission of this prophet, 
 who is known as the Root of Jesse, the angel Moroni was 
 sent to Joseph Smith on September 21, 1823, to bear wit- 
 ness that the coming of this prophet would soon be fulfilled. 
 He quoted, in connection with other Scriptures, the llth 
 Chapter of Isaiah, regarding which he stated to the prophet 
 "that it was about to be fulfilled." C. H. Vol. 1, p. 12. 
 
 The reader will note by perusing the entire llth Chapter 
 that certain characters are mentioned and are referred to 
 as the Stem, Rod, Root, and Branch of Jesse; of whom Jesus 
 Christ is the Stem; the others are His mighty prophets who 
 are to gather Israel and build up His kingdom just prior 
 to His coming. (J. S. T., p. 120, given Oct. 5, 1840; C. H., 
 Vol. 4, p. 207; J. S. T., p. 34-35, given Mar. 10, 1844; C. H., 
 Vol. 6, p. 249, for future mission of Elias and Elijah. See 
 Index for Branch and David the future king.) We quote 
 that portion of the eleventh chapter which refers to the 
 Root of Jesse: 
 
 "And in that day there shall be a root of Jesse, which 
 shall stand for an ensign of the people; to it shall the Gen- 
 tiles seek; and his rest shall be glorious. And it shall come 
 to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set his hand again 
 the second time to recover the remnants of His people, 
 And He shall set up an ensign for the nations, 
 and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel," (including the ten 
 tribes as well as the scattered and mixed blood of Israel, as 
 found among the Gentiles and fallen tribes of Israel^the 
 American Indians for an example) "and gather together the 
 dispersed of Judah" (the Jews) "from the four corners 
 of the earth." Isa. 11 : 10-12. 
 
 In order that man should further understand who this 
 particular Root of Jesse would be, a second revelation was 
 
 95 
 
given as explanatory of a portion of this llth Chapter. This 
 was given fifteen years after the coming of Moroni. As 
 follows : 
 
 "Who is the Stem of Jesse spoken of in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 
 4th and 5th verses of the llth Chapter of Isaiah? Verily, 
 thus saith the Lord, it is Christ. What is the Rod spoken 
 of in the last verse of the llth Chapter of Isaiah, that should 
 come of the Stem of Jesse? Behold, thus saith the Lord, 
 it is a servant in the hands of Christ, who is partly a de- 
 scendant of Jesse as well as of Ephraim, or of the House of 
 Joseph, on whom there is laid much power. What is the 
 root of Jesse spoken of in the 10th verse of the llth Chap- 
 ter? Behold, thus saith the Lord, it is a descendant of Jesse, 
 as well as of Joseph, unto whom rightly belongs the Priest- 
 hood, and the keys of the Kingdom, for an ensign, and for 
 the gathering of my people in the last days." D. C. 113: 1-6. 
 
 In other words, the Root of Jesse is to be a mighty leader. 
 His appearance will be as an ensign or signal for God's peo- 
 ple to gather, for this is the climax of his mission; the 
 gathering will include people out of all nations. 
 
 "And he will lift up an ensign to the nations from far, 
 and will hiss unto them from the end of the earth; and be- 
 hold, they shall come with speed swiftly." Isa. 5: 26. 
 
 Note in the above quotations that the description of the 
 mission of the Root of Jesse is identical with that of John 
 the Revelator, as we have previously shown; for the Priest- 
 hood rightly belongs to him, as he has not seen death and 
 remains the Senior member. It was from him, Peter and 
 James that we obtained our Priesthood. He also holds the 
 Keys of the Kingdom, for the Lord has said: 
 
 "And also with Peter, James and John, whom I have sent 
 unto you, by whom I have ordained you and confirmed you 
 to be apostles. . . . Unto whom I have committed 
 the Keys of my kingdom." D. C. 27: 12-13. 
 
 As to John being the one who is to gather Israel, we need 
 quote but one verse, as follows: 
 
 "What are we to understand by the little book which was 
 
 96 
 
eaten by John, as mentioned in the 10th Chapter of Revela- 
 tions? We are to understand that it was a mission, and an 
 ordinance, for him to gather the tribes of Israel; behold, 
 this is Elias; who, as it is written, must come and restore 
 all things." D. C. 77:14. 
 
 We have now shown that the qualifications and mission of 
 John the Revelator are identical with those of the Root of 
 Jesse, with one exception, which has been omitted until last 
 in order that it might be discussed at length, namely, that 
 he is a descendant of Jesse. 
 
 There is abundant evidence that the Virgin Mary was of 
 the lineage of Jesse, who was the father of David. (Acts 
 13 : 22-23.) Now, Mary had a sister whose name was Salome, 
 the mother of James the Greater and John the Revelator, 
 who were the sons of Zebedee. (Matt. 10:2.) Therefore, 
 John is a first cousin to the Lord on his mother's side and 
 a descendant of Jesse. We quote from the L. D. S. Sunday 
 School Outline, The Juvenile Instructor, Dec., 1915, p. 811: 
 
 "James I, called also the 'Greater/ to distinguish him from 
 James, the son of Alphaeus, and James the brother of the 
 Lord, was a son of Zebedee. His mother was Salome, who is 
 said to have been a sister to Mary, the mother of Christ, 
 and who was present with Mary at the time of the crucifixion. 
 If this is true, James and John, his brother, were first cousins 
 of the Christ." (See Scribner's Dictionary of the Bible, 
 Vol. 2, p. 540-1, Heading "James," also article on "Brethren 
 of the Lord," same volume. "Hasting's Dictionary of Christ 
 and the Gospels," Vol. 1, p. 846.) 
 
 In turning to the evidence as found in the Scriptures, one 
 may observe how it is corroborated by history. In Matthew, 
 Mark and John, a brief outline is given of the events which 
 took place at Calvary, and between these three writers four 
 women of note are mentioned as being at the cross: they 
 were the three Marys and Salome, the mother of James the 
 Greater, who was beheaded by Herod in A. D. 43-44, and 
 of John the Revelator, his brother. 
 
 One of the three Marys is known as Mary the mother of 
 
 97 
 
the Lord, who afterwards became the mother of James, 
 Joses, Simon and Judas. (Matt. 13:55.) This James was 
 known as "James the Just," who became a firm believer in 
 Jesus, his brother, as being the Christ, after the resurrection 
 and appearance of the Lord unto him. (I Cor. 15: 7; Acts 
 1: 14; Smith's Dictionary of the Bible, Vol. 2, p. 1205.) He 
 afterwards became the head of the Church at Jerusalem. 
 Paul refers to him as being an apostle and brother of the 
 Lord. (Gal. 1:18-19.) Josephus records that Jesus of 
 Nazareth was indeed the Christ, and that he had a brother 
 by the name of James (p. 442, 494) called James the Just. 
 (Appendix page 745.) 
 
 The other two Marys were Mary Magdalene, and Mary, 
 the wife of Alphaeus, sometimes called wife of Cleophas. 
 (John 19 : 25.) Smith's Dictionary of the Bible says: 
 
 "James the Apostle is said to be the son of Alphaeus, 
 not of Cleophas. But Alphaeus and Cleophas are 
 the same name rendered into the Greek language in two 
 different but ordinary and recognized ways from the 
 Aramaic." Vol. 2, p. 1203. (See Historian Barnes* notes on 
 Peter, James, John and Jude.) 
 
 Now Mary, the wife of Alphaeus, was the mother of James 
 the Less and Joses. This James was also in the first quorum 
 of the Twelve Apostles. (Matt. 10: 3, Mark 3: 18.) With 
 the above brief history of the three Marys and Salome and 
 the three James, which the writer has verified from many 
 records, the reader will be able to grasp the following Scrip- 
 ture references: 
 
 The Gospels of Matthew and Mark do not mention the 
 Lord's mother as being present at the cross, but John men- 
 tions the three Marys, as well as Salome, his mother, and 
 refers to her as being a sister to Mary, the mother of the 
 Lord. Matt. 27: 56 says: 
 
 "Among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the 
 mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's 
 children." The James here noted is James the Less, and his 
 mother was the wife of Alphaeus. Mark 15 : 40 says: "There 
 
 98 
 
were also women looking on afar off: among whom was 
 Mary Mgadalene, and Mary the mother of James the less 
 and of Joses and Salome." 
 
 The reader will note the two important keys that are given 
 in the latter verse by connecting it up with Matt. 27: 56, as 
 quoted; namely, the Mary who was the mother of James and 
 Joses, as referred to by Matthew, was Mary the wife of Al- 
 phaeus, which is the same Cleophas, as previously noted, 
 for Mark says that this James was James the Less, there- 
 fore the son of Cleophas. The mother of the Zebedee chil- 
 dren is also referred to as Salome, which is verified in many 
 records. 
 
 We now call attention to John 19: 15 for the connecting 
 key: 
 
 "Now there stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, and 
 his mother's sister, Mary the wife of Cleophas, and Mary 
 Magdalene." The three Marys are here mentioned, and John 
 refers to his mother as being the sister of the Lord's mother, 
 which makes a total of four women. You will note that John 
 divides the four in pairs, namely: A, and B, C, and D. If 
 we say only three women are mentioned in John 19:25, 
 then all records become confused and conflicting, and no 
 portion of them would check with themselves. 
 
 In order that the reader may not have the slightest doubt 
 as to whether John refers to three or four individuals, we 
 quote the following from Scribner's Dictionary of Christ and 
 the Gospels, edited by Hasting, Vol. 2, p. 551: 
 
 "It has been argued by some that three women only are 
 here mentioned (John 19:25), and that the words 'Mary 
 of Cleophas are explanatory to his mother's sister.' Most 
 of the more recent commentators, however, notably West- 
 cott, (St. John in Speakers N. T. Commentary, page 275) 
 hold that four women are meant, and 'his mother's sister' 
 is Salome. The following considerations seem fairly con- 
 clusive in favor of this latter view: (1) It is most un- 
 likely that two sisters in a private family should bear the 
 same name; (2) The parallelism ('his mother and his 
 
 99 
 
mother's sister, Mary of Cleophas and Mary Magdalene*) 
 is characteristic of St. John; (3) The circuitous manner of 
 describing his own mother is in character with St. John's 
 manner of describing himself. (W. L. Bevan in Smith's 
 D, of the B. Art. Salome.) (4) The Peshitta inserts 'and 
 before Mary of Cleophas.' (5) Mary Magdalene, Mary the 
 mother of James the Little ('Who is certainly the same as 
 Mary of Cleophas') and Salome are mentioned by St. Mat- 
 thew and St. Mark as present. The supposition that 'Salome 
 equals his mother's sister' harmonizes St. John's account with 
 that of St. Matthew and St. Mark." (See Dummelow com- 
 mentary on John 19:25; also "Jesus the Christ," by J. E. 
 Talmage, p. 668.) 
 
 With the evidence that John the Revelator is a cousin to 
 the Lord, and, therefore, a descendant of Jesse, and from 
 all that has been said in this division, it is self-evident that 
 he will be the Root of Jesse, the long looked for prophet who 
 will call Israel home, thus fulfilling the covenant that the 
 Lord made with Abraham. It will readily be seen how 
 broad are the Lord's plans to unite Israel in His choosing 
 a man like John, who is of the tribe of Juda, as well as of 
 Ephraim, in order that "The envy also of Ephraim shall de- 
 part, and the adversaries of Juda shall be cut off." Isa. 
 11: 13. 
 
 Abundant evidence has been quoted and cited to prove 
 that John the Revelator, Elijah and the three Nephites are 
 to return and finish their mission among men. If we con- 
 sider the fact that various apostles and prophets who had 
 previously passed thru death have been sent to Joseph Smith 
 for the purpose of restoring the Priesthood powers and Keys 
 of the Gospel, it will be seen that the translation of Elijah, 
 and the sanctification of John and the three Nephites, in 
 order for them to do a similar mission, would be inconsistent. 
 (II Kings 2: 1-13; III Nephi. 28: 1-40.) 
 
 But if we connect the fact of them being preserved in 
 the flesh with the revelations and quotations from Joseph 
 Smith, which proclaim that they are to return and perform 
 
 100 
 
a personal mission among men in building up the kingdom 
 of God and gathering and preparing the Saints for the com- 
 ing of the Lord, it will then be readily seen that the preserv- 
 ing of these men in the flesh is for the specific purpose of 
 reserving them for a great future mission, to be performed 
 in the flesh; for Joseph Smith says: "Translated bodies are 
 designed for future missions/' (C. H., Vol. 4, p. 425; J. S. 
 T., p. 186.) 
 
 Men have ventured to name various individuals, other than 
 John the Revelator, whom they claim have fulfilled or will 
 yet fulfil the mission of the Root of Jesse. But in every 
 instance they entangle themselves with various unconnecting 
 liYiks and conditions. We quote President Penrose of the 
 first quorum on this question, given May 11, 1914, in the 
 office of the First Presidency in the presence of certain 
 Elders, who made the appointment for the purpose of ob- 
 taining the Church's attitude on this prophecy. They asked 
 him in part the following: 
 
 "What are your views in regards to this special instrument, 
 the 'Root of Jesse?' " Answer: "This instrument, when he 
 is revealed, if he has not already been revealed, will be called 
 and appointed by the presiding authorities of the Church. 
 My personal opinion is that the prophet Joseph Smith was 
 this man, and I know of no man who fills the bill as he does. 
 There is one thing I am settled upon, and that is, the Lord 
 will not call any one to do any important work at any time, 
 unless it be thru the proper authorities." 
 
 In answering the above opinions we need only cite a few 
 of the actual facts connected with the prophecy in question. 
 (1) The Root of Jesse must be one "unto whom rightly 
 belongs the Priesthood, and the keys of the kingdom, for an 
 ensign, and for the gathering of my people in the last days." 
 D. C. 113:6. 
 
 We ask, if the Priesthood rightly belonged to Joseph 
 Smith, then why was he re-ordained under the hands of the 
 various Apostles and Prophets, whom the Lord sent unto 
 him, in order for him to obtain his Priesthood rights and au- 
 
 101 
 
thority to act therein? (2) The keys of this dispensation 
 were given to Joseph Smith in connection with these various 
 Apostles and Prophets (D. C. 112:30-32), but he never 
 received the keys of the kingdom. This authority is now 
 held by John, the only surviving member of the three in- 
 dividuals unto whom these certain keys were committed, 
 namely, Peter, James and John. (D. C. 27: 12-13; 7: 7.) 
 
 (3) The Root of Jesse is to labor among men at the 
 time of the final gathering of the Jews and the destruction 
 of the tongue of the Egyptian sea. (Isa. 11: 10-16.) Both 
 of these events are yet in the future. 
 
 (4) In 1838, Joseph Smith received a revelation given 
 in answer to the direct question, "What is the root of Jesse 
 spoken of in the 10th verse of the llth Chapter" of Isaiah? 
 (D. C. 113: 5-6.) We ask, If Joseph Smith was this Root 
 of Jesse, then why did the Lord not inform us of it, or at 
 least give us a suggestion that would lead our thoughts in 
 that direction? Instead we observe that His answer gives 
 a perfect description of the characteristics, authority and 
 mission of one that can unquestionably be applied to no 
 other than John the Revelator. Furthermore, Joseph Smith 
 never claimed to be this instrument. Whereas, John still 
 holds the Keys of the Kingdom, his Priesthood rights, and 
 calling to complete the final gathering of the whole House 
 of Israel and the restoring of all things. 
 
 To those who contend that these mighty future prophets 
 cannot be raised up without the agency of man here on earth, 
 we would refer you* to the calling of the Apostle Paul. He 
 was called, ordained and sent forth by the Lord to preach 
 the Gospel to the Gentiles. No portion of his authority came 
 from Peter or the other eleven apostles, with the exception 
 of his baptism and the laying on of hands for the Gift of 
 the Holy Ghost. Therefore, if the Lord saw fit to raise up 
 Paul in this manner, in the days of righteous Peter, James 
 and John, then it requires but little thought on our part 
 to be able to comprehend that He is able to do the same 
 thing in this day and age. 
 
 102 
 
The average person will be surprised to learn that this 
 very principle of sending these future prophets, as previous- 
 ly referred to, and their work, ^will comprise what the Lord 
 has called "His great and marvelous works, and His strange 
 work, His Strange Act." (Ill Nephi 21:7-15; Isa. 28:1-6, 
 21-22; II Nephi. 25:15-17.) 
 
 As to who ordained Paul to the apostleship, we have his 
 own words, wherein he informs us that he was ordained by 
 Jesus Christ himself. It is true we are told in Acts 13: 1-4, 
 that the Holy Ghost said unto the brethren of Antioch, 
 "separate Paul and Barnabas" for a certain mission tour, 
 and that the brethren laid their hands on them after fasting 
 and praying and sent them away; but this was not for the 
 purpose of bestowing a Priesthood office. It was the same 
 principle we practice today in setting an Elder apart for 
 any special mission, for at that time Paul had preached the 
 Gospel to the Gentiles with much power and success for more 
 than four years. (Gal. 1 : 15-24, Acts 9 : 10-30, Acts 11 : 25- 
 30.) 
 
 At the close of the first three years, he went up to Jeru- 
 salem and tried to associate with the disciples, but they were 
 afraid of him, and knew not that he was a disciple, which is 
 self-evident that they knew nothing of his apostleship; but 
 Barnabas explained unto the apostles how the Lord himself 
 had called Paul, and told them of his bold preaching in 
 Damascus. (Gal. 1 : 15-24, Acts 9 : 26-30.) 
 
 Osi account of men seeking to slay him for preaching 
 in Jerusalem, the brethren sent him away for his own pro- 
 tection; and, from that day until fourteen years later, he 
 preached the Gospel in mighty power and ordained Elders 
 among the Gentiles in many cities. (Acts 13th and 14th 
 Chapters.) He then returned to Jerusalem in behalf of the 
 Gentiles, to settle the question of the doctrine of circum- 
 cision, and was successful in removing this law from the 
 Gentiles. He also informed them of his private calling and 
 marvelous mission. (Gal. 2:1-10, Acts 15:1-33.) Quoted 
 in part: 
 
 103 
 
"Then all the multitude kept silence, and gave audience 
 to Barnabas and Paul, declaring what miracles and wonders 
 God had wrought among the Gentiles by them." Acts 15 : 12. 
 
 It was on this visit to the apostles that he convinced them 
 of his apostleship and mission; they then gave unto him the 
 right hand of fellowship, at the same time recognizing him 
 as a special apostle to the Gentiles. We quote from Paul I 
 
 "Then fourteen years after I went up again to Jerusalem 
 with Barnabas, and took Titus with me also. And I went 
 up by revelation, and communicated unto them that Gospel 
 which I preach among the Gentiles . . . But of these 
 who seemed to be somewhat (whatsoever they were, it 
 maketh no matter to me; God accepteth no man's person) ; 
 for they who seemed to be somewhat in confidence added 
 nothing to me; but contrariwise, when they saw that the 
 Gospel of the uncircumcision was committed unto me, as the 
 Gospel of circumcision was unto Peter; (for he that wrought 
 effectually in Peter to the apostleship of the circumcision, 
 the same was mighty in me toward the Gentiles). And when 
 James, Cephas and John, who seemed to be pillars, per- 
 ceived the grace that was given unto me, they gave to me 
 and Barnabas the right hand of fellowship; that we should 
 go unto the heathen, and they unto the circumcision." Gal. 
 2: 1-2, 6-9. 
 
 From the above quotation, we learn that Paul convinced 
 the Twelve of his authority. Smith's Distionary of the Bible 
 cites Thorndike to confirm this question. Quoted in part: 
 "St. Paul is here maintaining, namely, that he had received 
 his commission from God, and not from the Twelve." (See 
 Thorndike I, p. 5, off 1844.) (Vol. 2, p. 1204.) His call- 
 ing is also referred to in the following letter to the Galatian 
 saints, and he names the place where he retired, in order to 
 converse with the Lord, while learning the Gospel: 
 
 "Paul, an apostle, (not of men, neither by man, but by 
 Jesus Christ, and God the Father, who raised him from the 
 dead;) For I neither received it of man, neither was I taught 
 it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ. But when it pleased 
 
 104 
 
God, who separated me from my mother's womb, and called 
 me by His grace, to reveal His Son in me, that I might preach 
 him among the heathen; immediately I conferred not with 
 flesh and blood: Neither went I up to Jerusalem to them 
 which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia, and 
 returned again unto Damascus." Gal. 1: 1, 12, 15-17. 
 
 The receiving of Paul by Peter, James and John, as an 
 apostle and co-laborer, after due explanation had been given 
 of his calling, is indeed commendable on their part, for they 
 had no written prophecy concerning his calling and mission. 
 It is very true we have the same Gospel today; yet, a portion 
 of our Priesthood has failed to show that same spirit, not- 
 withstanding the fact that our Scriptures contain an un- 
 limited amount of plain prophecy concerning the future 
 mission of the Mighty and Strong Servant, the Man like 
 Moses, Elijah, John the Revelator and others; but if an 
 Elder of Israel raises his voice and declares his belief in all 
 these prophecies, he will immediately find himself surrounded 
 by strong opposition; and if he continues, he must retire. 
 
 The beginning of this final work of establishing the King- 
 dom of God in its fullness, will be the movement of the final 
 gathering of the saints and the honest in heart to Zion of 
 America and the Jerusalem of Palestine. A portion of the 
 details of the redemption of Zion is described in a revela- 
 tion that was given to Joseph Smith, wherein a man like 
 Moses, who would lead them to Zion, has been promised to 
 the saints. 
 
 A MOSES 
 THE FUTURE REDEEMER OF ZION. 
 
 The interpretation of the revelation specifying that Zion 
 is to be redeemed by a man like unto Moses, is unconsciously 
 undergoing a changing process in the minds of some of our 
 Priests and Prophets, similar to their interpretation of the 
 revelation referring to the coming forth of the "Mighty and 
 Strong" One, and the "Marred Servant." The three have 
 been eliminated from the field of future fulfillment, and 
 
 105 
 
when asked as to the meaning of the 103rd Section of D. 
 & C., the answer is given that this revelation was fulfilled in 
 the days of Brigham Young when he redeemed Zion, (The 
 Salt Lake Valley), thus, substituting Utah for the Land of 
 Zion. 
 
 In order to grasp the full thought of the revelation per- 
 taining to Zion's redemption, we must first consider the 
 Lord's reasons, which are found in the first part of this 
 revelation in question, why He suffered Zion to fall in the 
 days of Joseph Smith. Quoted in part: 
 
 "And that those who call themselves after my name might 
 be chastened for a little season with a sore and grievous 
 chastisement, because they did not hearken altogether unto 
 the precepts and commandments which I gave unto them." 
 D. C. 103:4. "Verily, I say unto you, concerning your 
 brethren who have been afflicted, and persecuted, and cast 
 out from the land of their inheritance, I, the Lord, have 
 suffered the affliction to come upon them, wherewith they 
 have been afflicted, in consequence of their transgressions; 
 Behold, I say unto you, there were jarrings, and contentions, 
 and envyings, and strifes, and lustful and covetous desires 
 among them; therefore, by these things they polluted their 
 inheritances." D. C. 101: 1-2, 6. 
 
 With this brief review of the reasons why Zion failed to 
 be redeemed, we will now consider her redemption, and the 
 way in which the Lord says it shall be accomplished: 
 
 "Behold, I say unto you, the redemption of Zion must 
 needs come by power; Therefore, I will raise up unto my 
 people a man, who shall lead them like as Moses led the 
 children of Israel; For ye are the children of Israel, and of 
 the seed of Abraham, and ye must needs be led out of bond- 
 age with power, and with a stretched out arm: And as your 
 fathers were led at the first, even so shall the redemption 
 of Zion be. Therefore, let not your hearts faint, for I say 
 not unto you, as I said unto your fathers, mine angel shall 
 go up before you, but not my presence; But I say unto you, 
 mine angels shall go before you, and also my presence, and 
 
 106 
 
 
in time ye shall possess the goodly land." D. C. 103: 15-20. 
 It would be wasting energy to enlarge upon the plainness 
 of this revelation, or to try to arrive at any other meaning 
 than the one so clearly set forth, namely, that a great spe- 
 cial Prophet is to be sent unto the saints at the time of Zion's 
 redemption, as in the days of Moses, when he was called to 
 lead Israel out of bondage. (Exod. 3rd Chapter.) There- 
 fore, it appears that in order that the thoughts of the Saints 
 might not be attracted towards future Prophets, but rather 
 to those who have gone, as well as to the present ones, and 
 likewise make it appear that Utah was the land of Zion, 
 various members of our Priesthood have undertaken to 
 show that Brigham Young fulfilled this revelation. There- 
 fore, we desire to set forth the true scriptural teachings 
 which will prove convincing: 
 
 (1) The Lord specifically informed the saints that He 
 would raise up a man like unto Moses of Old, who would 
 lead them at the time of Zion's redemption; therefore, in- 
 asmuch as Zion has not been redeemed to this present day, 
 their claim that Brigham Young fulfilled this prophecy falls 
 to the ground. 
 
 (2) The marvelous manifestations described in this 
 revelation which would precede Zion's redemption were 
 never fulfilled in the days of Brigham Young. 
 
 (3) The Lord gave Brigham Young a revelation which 
 contained general instructions for organizing the saints for 
 their long journey to the West, informing him of their des- 
 tination, telling him that He would lead them to a place 
 which was to be a stake of Zion; therefore, Brigham Young 
 knew that he was going to locate a stake, and not Zion it- 
 self. The first nine verses of this revelation cover instruc- 
 tions to organize; the tenth, as follows: "Let every man use 
 all his influence and property to remove this people to the 
 place where the Lord shall locate a stake of Zion." D. C. 
 136:10. 
 
 The eleventh to the fifteenth verses cover the organizing 
 of certain companies; the sixteenth to the eighteenth verses 
 
 107 
 
cover instructions to the leaders of these various companies 
 to go and do as He had commanded them, in locating a stake 
 of Zion, and not to fear but that the work of the Lord would 
 be accomplished, and that Zion would be redeemed in the 
 Lord's own due time. Quoted in part: 
 
 "And let my servants that have been appointed go and 
 teach this my will to the saints, that they may be ready to 
 go to a land of peace. Go thy way and do as I have told 
 you, and fear not thine enemies, for they shall not have 
 power to stop my work. Zion shall be redeemed in mine 
 own due time." D. C. 136: 16-18. 
 
 (4) This revelation was understood by the Priesthood 
 at that time and many years afterwards, to refer to the 
 coming of a future prophet, other than Brigham Young. 
 Orson Pratt, one of the first apostles of the Church, who 
 stood among the foremost of his brethren on doctrine, was 
 chosen to divide the Book of Mormon and Doctrine and 
 Covenants into chapters and verses, and was given authority 
 to place foot notes as explanatory to various revelations. 
 Among these foot notes is one that refers to the man like 
 Moses, as follows: "L" "the one referred to, in this prophecy, 
 is not yet revealed." 
 
 (5) If this foot note is not true, then why do not the 
 authorities of the Church remove it from the book of reve- 
 lations, which is given to the saints as the word of truth? 
 
 (6) This apostle, in a public discourse on the Redemp- 
 tion of Zion, on November 1, 1879, which was more than 
 two years after the death of Brigham Young, again con- 
 firmed the statement that Zion was to be redeemed by a 
 man like unto Moses, which is conclusive evidence of his firm 
 and fixed belief on this question; a similar foot note appears 
 under the revelation referring to the coming forth of the 
 "Mighty and Strong" one who is to divide the inheritances 
 of the saints when Zion is redeemed. It reads: "A future 
 messenger promised." (D. C. 85: 7.) These two foot notes 
 are confirmed in his sermon of 1879, as follows: 
 
 "And we, in order to build a temple after a celestial 
 
 108 
 
order, in the fullness of perfection, will need revelator* 
 and prophets in our midst who will receive the Word of the 
 Lord, who will have the whole pattern thereof given by reve- 
 lation, just as much as everything was given by revelations 
 pertaining to the tabernacle erected in the wilderness by 
 Moses. Indeed, before we can go back to inherit the land 
 in all its fullness and perfection, God has promised that He 
 would raise up a man like unto Moses. 
 
 "Who this man will be, I do not know. It may be a 
 person with whom we are entirely unacquainted; it may be 
 one of our infant children; it may be some person not yet 
 born; it may be some one of middle age. But suffice it to 
 say that God will raise up such a man and He will show 
 forth His power through him, and through the people that 
 he will lead forth to inherit the country, as He did thru our 
 fathers in the wilderness. Did He then display His power 
 by dividing the waters? Yes. Did the mountains and lands 
 shake under His power? Yes. Did he speak to the people 
 by His own voice? Yes. Did he converse with Moses, face 
 to face? Yes. Did he show him His glory? Yes. Did He 
 unfold to him in one moment more than all our schools and 
 academies and universities could give us in ten thousand 
 years? Yes. God will assuredly raise up a man like unto 
 Moses, and redeem His people with an outstretched arm, as 
 the fathers were redeemed at the first, going before them 
 with His own presence and will also surround them by His 
 Angels. 
 
 "And he will have to give more revelation on other things 
 equally important for we shall need instructions how to 
 build up Zion, how to establish the central city. * * * 
 And then God will come and visit it. It will be a place 
 where He will have His throne, where He will sit occasionally 
 as King of Kings, and Lord of Lords, and reign over His 
 people, who will occupy this great Western continent. 
 This you will find recorded in Doctrine and Cov- 
 enants, and in the same book it is predicted that there is 
 to be one 'Mighty and Strong/ as well as to be an immortal 
 
 109 
 
personage; one that is clothed upon with light as with a 
 garment, one whose bowels are a fountain of truth. His 
 mission will be to divide by lot to the saints their inheritance, 
 according to their faithfulness in their stewardship." Page 
 153-4, Journal of Discourses, Vol. 21, 1881; (D. C. 85: 6-12, 
 D. C. 103:15-20.) 
 
 This is an honest statement from an inspired apostle, who 
 had learned by studying in the School of Prophets under 
 Joseph Smith, as well as from the fountain of truth, that 
 every letter of the written Word would be fulfilled, and 
 he was one who spent his time in calling the attention of 
 the saints to these great future events, and whose course 
 was headed in another direction to that of some of his 
 brethren who have succeeded him, who unconsciously, by 
 their statements, annul certain portions of the Written 
 Word which testify to the future mission of these various 
 prophets promised to the saints at their redemption. 
 
 If Orson Pratt should come back and preach the same 
 sermon today as previously quoted, he would be excom- 
 municated, or, ostracized from future participation in the 
 Priesthood; for this has been the treatment that scores of 
 saints and Elders have received at the hands of their breth- 
 ren who are in authority. Hence the present condition of 
 the Church today. 
 
 Many letters on this subject have been received by the 
 writer from Saints and Elders who have written their pro- 
 test against the stand that the Church authorities are taking 
 today. These letters have raised the following question in 
 the writer's mind: Why do they strive to bury this 103rd 
 Section of D. & C. along with many others, and, is it pos- 
 sible they can be more interested in Utah and carnal se- 
 curity than in Zion? (II Nephi. 28: 1-21.) 
 
 This question of Zion's redemption may not be of interest 
 to many at the present day, but, just as sure as the heavens 
 are above the earth, conditions will soon change; for peac* 
 will soon be taken from this land, and Zion in Missouri 
 
 110 
 
and the surrounding territory will be the only refuge. (D. 
 C. 45:62-71.) 
 
 "And that gathering together upon the land of Zion, and 
 upon her Stakes, may be for a defense, and for a refuge from 
 the storm, and from wrath when it shall be poured out 
 without mixture upon the whole earth." * D. C. 115: 6. "For 
 without Zion, and a place of deliverance, we must fall; be- 
 cause the time is near when the sun will be darkened 
 and if we are not sanctified and gathered to. the 
 places God has appointed . . . we must fall, we can- 
 not stand; we cannot be saved; for God will gather out His 
 Saints from the Gentiles, and then cometh desolation and 
 destruction, and none can escape except the pure in heart 
 who are gathered." C. H. Vol. 2, p. 52, J. S. T., p. 189. 
 
 And in Zion, we are told, the Saints will live the Celestial 
 law, or, in other words, will have all things in comman, (D. 
 C. 105: 1-6), as the Lord has said: "It is not given that one 
 man should possess that which is above another, wherefore 
 the world lieth in sin." D. C. 49 : 20. 
 
 As to the personality of this "man like unto Moses," the 
 records fail to reveal his name. However, he is to lead the 
 Saints out of bondage to the land which they formerly 
 possessed. Inasmuch as John the Revelator is to gather 
 the Saints, which gathering will include all Israel, as well 
 as the c Gentiles, to the lands of Zion and Jerusalem, and 
 the "One Mighty and Strong" is to set the House of God in 
 order, and divide the inheritances of the Saints of Zion, 
 the mission of these two seemingly connects with the mis- 
 sion of the servant in question, and the inference lies near 
 that this great work will be performed by one of these two 
 characters. Furthermore, the "Man like Moses" and the 
 "One Mighty and Strong" may prove to be the same person. 
 
 In the 105th Section of D. & C. (given four months later), 
 the Lord again speaks of the redemption of Zion, wherein 
 He points out that Zion would not be redeemed until after 
 many days; but, in that day, would He gather His army and 
 sanctify them by His servant, then would they have power 
 
 111 
 
to accomplish her redemption. As follows: 
 
 "But firstly, let my army become very great, and let it 
 be sanctified before me, that it may become fair as the sun 
 That the Kingdoms of this world may be con- 
 strained to acknowledge, that the kingdom of Zion is in very 
 deed the kingdom *of our God and His Christ; therefore, let 
 us become subject unto her laws. * * * And it 
 shall be manifest unto my servant, by the voice of the spirit, 
 those who are chosen, and they shall be sanctified; And in- 
 asmuch as they follow the counsel which they receive, they 
 shall have power after many days to accomplish all things 
 pertaining to Zion." D. C. 105:31-37 (given June 22, 
 1834). 
 
 It therefore appears that inasmuch as John is to have 
 charge over the sealing and sanctifying of the Servants of 
 God, (see Chapter VI, also D. C. 77:8-11,14), as well as 
 of the gathering of all Israel, that his mission is very simi- 
 lar to the one in question. 
 
 Not only will Zion be redeemed, but also Jerusalem. The 
 Prophet Isaiah speaks of a second voice that will be heard 
 in Jerusalem at the time of her redemption. 
 
 "Speak ye comfortably to Jerusalem, and cry unto her, 
 that her warfare is accomplished, that her iniquity is par- 
 doned, for she hath received of the Lord's hand double for 
 all her sins. The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, 
 Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert 
 a highway for our God. Every valley shall be exalted, and 
 every mountain and hill shall be made low; and the crooked 
 shall be made straight, and the rough places plain. And 
 the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see 
 it together; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it." 
 Isa. 40 :2-5. 
 
 The latter day apostle, Parley P. Pratt, in his writings in 
 the "Voice of Warning" (p. 159), in referring to the above 
 quotation, says: 
 
 "From these verses we learn, first, that the voice of one 
 shall be heard in the wilderness, to prepare the way of the 
 
 112 
 
Lord, just at the time when Jerusalem has been trodden 
 down of the Gentiles long enough to have received, at the 
 Lord's hands, double for all her sins; yea, when the warfare 
 of Jerusalem is accomplished, and her iniquities pardoned. 
 Then shall this proclamation be made as it was before by 
 John, yea, a second proclamation, to prepare the way of the 
 Lord, for his second coming." 
 
 This second voice will evidently be John the Revelator, in 
 the capacity of the great Elias and forerunner of the Lord's 
 second coming; thus fulfilling the Lord's statement, wherein 
 He said: 
 
 "Elias truly shall first come, 'and restore all things, as the 
 prophets have written. . . . Then the disciples under- 
 stood that he spake unto them of John the Baptist, and also 
 of another who should come and restore all things, as it- is 
 written by the prophets." (Matt. 17:10, 14. John 1:20-26, 
 Insp. Translation.) 
 
 The Prophet Malachi also speaks of a forerunner or mes- 
 senger who shall precede the Lord's second coming, for he 
 refers to the time when the Lord shall suddenly come to His 
 temple, and he asks the question, Who shall abide that day? 
 for he says that he, the messenger, shall sit as a refiner 
 of fire to purge the sons of Levi, in order that they may 
 offer an offering unto the Lord in righteousness; in other 
 words, the messenger is to purify the righteous and purge 
 out the wicked, and, will evidently be no other than the 
 future Elias, who not only will gather Israel and restore all 
 things, but will have charge of the four destroying Angels, 
 who are to assist in sealing up the righteous and in pouring 
 out judgments against the wicked. , (D. C. 77:8-11, 14.) 
 We quote in part the third chapter of Malachi, being one of 
 the chapters quoted by the Angel Moroni to Joseph Smith, 
 stating that it had not been fulfilled : 
 
 "Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare 
 the way before me: and the Lord, whom he seek, shall sud- 
 denly come to His temple, even the messenger of the cove- 
 nant, whom ye delight in : behold, he shall come, saith the 
 
 113 
 
Lord of Hosts. But who may abide the day of his coming ? 
 and who shall stand when he appeareth? for he is like a 
 refiner's fire, and like fuller's soap: And he shall sit as a 
 refiner and purifier of silver: and he shall purify the sons of 
 Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may oifer 
 unto the Lord an offering in righteousness. Then shall the 
 offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, 
 as in the days- of old, And as in former years." (3:1-4.) 
 
 In conclusion, we quote again : "For the day of my visita- 
 tion cometh speedily, in an hour when ye think not of, and 
 where shall be the safety of my people, and refuge for those 
 who shall be left of them?" (D. C. 124:10. Isa. 4:1-4.) 
 
 The mission of John the Revelator is of such great import- 
 ance that the Lord has described it in many ways and thru 
 many prophets. Each time He has added more of the details, 
 and it was while He was laboring among those who are now 
 known as the American Indians, about the year A. D. 34, 
 that He again evidently enlarged upon his mission; He 
 referred to him in this instance as the Marred Servant. 
 
 THE MARRED SERVANT 
 
 The first prophecy concerning the Marred Servant was 
 given thru Isaiah (Chap. 52). The Lord, while laboring 
 among the ancestors of the American Indians, about A. D. 
 34, enlarged upon it, and commanded them to search the 
 words of Isaiah (which record they had brought over with 
 them), for in them, He said, was to be found the future 
 history of the gathering of Israel as well as the Gentiles. 
 (Ill Nephi 23:1-5; 20:10-13.) 
 
 He gave them a prophecy, covering their future history, 
 which included the coming of the Gentiles to America, to 
 scatter their people as judgment against them for rejecting 
 His gospel. He also informed them that in later years He 
 would restore the fullness of His Gospel unto those Gentiles; 
 but if they, in that day, sinned against it by rejecting it, then 
 would He turn their iniquities upon their own heads (III 
 Nephi 16:10-20, 20:14-28), and that He would then restore 
 
 114 
 
the land to their seed (the Remnant of Jacob) as the land 
 of their inheritance; and that they, in that day, would 
 accept the Gospel and build the New Jerusalem assisted by 
 the Believing Gentiles. 
 
 This is not the New Jerusalem that will come down from 
 above, which will be the capital of the world after the last 
 resurrection, as seen by John (Rev. 21), but the capital of 
 the Western Continent during the one thousand years of 
 Christ's reign upon the earth. 
 
 Of the Jews He said, that when they should believe Him 
 to be the Christ, He would gather them to the land of their 
 inheritance, with Jerusalem as its capital (III Nephi 
 20:29-39. II Nephi 25:14-17), and assured them that when 
 the faith of the Children of Israel should proclaim, "How 
 beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of Him that bring- 
 eth good tidings unto them that publisheth peace; that 
 bringeth good tidings unto them of good, that publisheth sal- 
 vation; that saith unto Zion, thy God reigneth!" (Ill Nephi 
 20:40), that He would then fulfil His promise of sending the 
 Marred Servant: 
 
 "And then shall a cry go forth, Depart ye, depart ye, go 
 ye out from thence, touch not that which is unclean; go ye 
 out of the midst of her; be ye clean, that bear the vessels of 
 the Lord. For ye shall not go out with haste, nor go by 
 flight; for the Lord will go before you, and the God of Israel 
 shall be your rearward. Behold, my servant shall deal pru- 
 dently, he shall be exalted and extolled, and be very high* 
 As many were astonished at thee, (his visage was so marred, 
 more than any man, and his form more than the sons of 
 men,) so shall he sprinkle many nations"; ("Gather Many 
 Nations," as quoted in the Inspired Translation, Isa. 52:15), 
 "the kings shall shut their mouths at him, for that which had 
 not been told them shall they see; and that which they had 
 not heard shall they consider. 
 
 "Verily, verily, I say unto you, all these things shall surely 
 come, even as the Father hath commanded me. Then shall 
 this covenant which the Father hath covenanted with His 
 
 115 
 
people, be fulfilled; and then shall Jerusalem be inhabited 
 again with my people, and it shall be the land of their 
 inheritance." Ill Nephi. 20:41-46. 
 
 The writer desires to call attention to the fact that the 
 mission of gathering the nations is the future mission of 
 John the Revelator (D. C. 77:8-11, 14); he also wishes the 
 reader to note that the above quotation refers more particu- 
 larly to the future labor of the Marred Servant among the 
 Jews, but that in the following chapter of III Nephi, the 
 Lord has explained the mission of the Marred Servant among 
 the house of Joseph (Remnants of Jacob), and the Gentiles 
 of America, which we will now briefly outline. 
 
 First, we learn that the coming forth of the Book of Mor- 
 mon was to be a sign or signal as to the day when the Lord 
 would set his hand the second time to prepare His people for 
 their gathering. (Ill Nephi 21 :l-4.) 
 
 Second, at a still later period, He would send forth the 
 Marred Servant who should accomplish a great and marvel- 
 ous work among kings as well as among His people. He 
 informs us that some would reject him, and that thru their 
 acts this servant would be marred. Then as judgment 
 against them, for rejecting His servant, He would raise up 
 the Remnants of Jacob against the wicked ones. * 
 
 The sending of this servant to labor and reason with men, 
 before the end of time, is evidence sufficient to prove that 
 his coming is not the coming of the Lord in flaming fire and 
 judgment. We now quote in part: 
 
 "Therefore, when these works, and the works which shall 
 be wrought among you hereafter, shall come forth from the 
 Gentiles, unto your seed, which shall dwindle in unbelief 
 because of iniquity; 7. And when these things come to pass, 
 that thy seed shall begin to know these things, it shall be 
 a sign unto them, that they may know that the work of the 
 Father hath already commenced unto the fulfilling of the 
 covenant which he hath made unto the people who are of the 
 house of Israel." Ill Nephi 21:5, 7. 
 
 Ninety years have passed since the plates from which the 
 
 116 
 
Book of Mormon was translated were turned over to Joseph 
 Smith by the Angel Moroni, the prophet who had sealed them 
 up in A. D. 421 and buried them in Cumorah Hill, in the 
 Western part of the State of New York; therefore, we can 
 begin to look for the coming forth of this Marred Servant. 
 
 The question has been asked, "Who is the Marred Serv- 
 ant?" The present President of the Church once answered 
 it in such a manner that this question has since become a 
 dead issue among many members of the Priesthood. His 
 answer was published in the "Improvement Era" (the Church 
 Priesthood magazine, p. 652, Vol. 9, No. 8), as follows: 
 
 "The perfect Christ suffered the just for the unjust, His 
 visage was so marred, more than any man, and His form 
 more than the sons of men; . . . (Ill Nephi 20:44.)" 
 
 We have here a plain statement on doctrine, and we are 
 told by our leaders that it is to be accepted as such. But 
 how can thinking members of the Church accept this state- 
 ment? For the very act of closing our eyes against the 
 Word of God is nothing less than sinning that certain, griev- 
 ous sin and walking in darkness, according to the Word of 
 the Lord. (D. C. 95:5-6. II John 1:10.) 
 
 The Lord, foreseeing the condition of the Church during 
 the last days, reserved several of His mighty prophets to 
 lead the saints out of bondage and internal darkness. If 
 the Shepherds of Israel would be contented with believing 
 as they pleased on these important subjects, and would allow 
 others to believe as the Scripture teaches, then we could 
 maintain our silence and live in peace; but when they wage 
 a war of excommunication and ostracization of the Saints 
 and Elders for believing and speaking on these prophecies, 
 then we may know that they have lost a portion of the spirit 
 of their calling, and that these unrighteous acts are like 
 those of the man who built his house upon the sand (D. C. 
 85: 6-12; 121:34-40), and that it is a righteous act to con- 
 tend for the Word of God. 
 
 For conclusive evidence that the Marred Servant and Jesus 
 Christ are two distinct persons, previous quotations and the 
 
 117 
 
following reasons are advanced : 
 
 (1) The 20th and 21st chapters of III Nephi, with the 
 exception of that portion which He quoted from Isaiah, are 
 quotations from the Saviour while He was laboring among 
 the Nephites on the American continent. He refers to Him- 
 self as follows: "They shall believe in me, that I am Jesus 
 Christ, the Son of God, and shall pray unto the Father in 
 my name." (Nephi 20 :31.) 
 
 The Saviour is also the author of this prophecy given thru 
 Isaiah, therefore, when the Lord said thru Isaiah, "Behold, 
 my servant shall deal prudently, he shall be exalted and 
 extolled, and be very high" (Isa. 52:13), He certainly did 
 not refer to himself. 
 
 (2) The Marred Servant will be marred more than any 
 man (III Nephi 20:44), therefore, he cannot be Jesus Christ, 
 for His visage was left perfect outside of the prints of the 
 crown of thorns. 
 
 (3) After the Lord had cited the prophecy of Isaiah con- 
 cerning the future mission of this servant, and enlarged upon 
 it, informing them that this servant's coming was to be after 
 the coming of the Book of Mormon, He then plainly stated 
 that this servant would be in His hands, and that they would 
 not hurt him; hence the Marred Servant cannot be the Lord 
 Himself; neither can it be Joseph Smith, for they suffered 
 martyrdom. 
 
 (4) Note the following quotation, observing how dis- 
 tinctly the language brings out the fact that the Lord and 
 the Marred Servant are two distinct persons; and that the 
 coming of this Marred Servant will be at the time of the 
 fulfillment of His covenant with the House of Israel, which 
 we are told elsewhere will be the Great and Marvelous Work 
 of the Lord in redeeming Israel and restoring them to the 
 lands of their inheritance. Also observe that this servant 
 is to bring forth a record, which, to the writer's under- 
 standing, will be the sealed revelations and writings of John. 
 (Ether 4:13-16, D. C. 93 ;6, 18.) 
 
 "And when that day shall come" (the coming forth of the 
 
 118 
 
Book of Mormon) "it shall come to pass" (at a later period) 
 "that kings shall shut their mouths; for that which had not 
 been told them shall they see ; and that which they had not 
 heard shall they consider. For in that day, for my sake, 
 shall the Father work a work, which shall be a great and 
 marvelous work among them; and there shall be among them 
 who will not believe it, although a man shall declare it unto 
 them. 
 
 /'But behold, the life of my servant shall be in my hands; 
 therefore they shall not hurt him, although he shall be 
 marred because of them. Yet I will heal him, for I will 
 shew unto them that my wisdom is greater than the cunning 
 of the devil. Therefore, it shall come to pass, that who- 
 soever will not believe in my words, who am Jesus Christ, 
 whom the Father shall cause him to bring forth unto the 
 Gentiles, and shall give unto him power that he shall bring 
 them forth unto the Gentiles, (it shall be done even as Moses 
 said,) they shall be cut off from among my people who are 
 of the covenant." Ill Nephi 21:8-11. 
 
 It may appear to some that Christ alone will have power 
 to cut off the wicked; but if the reader will refer to the 
 future mission of John (D. C. 77:8-11, 14) it will be seen 
 that he is to have the power to gather all Israel, as well as 
 to seal up the servants of God in their foreheads, and to 
 have charge of the Four Destroying Angels, who will have 
 power over life and death. 
 
 Great judgments are now being poured out upon the 
 nations, and before they are completed, they will bring about 
 the , preparing of the lands for Israel's inheritance, as well 
 as the washing of the filth of wickedness from among the 
 sons and daughters of Israel. This must take place before 
 they are permitted to receive their final inheritance in the 
 kingdom that will soon be set up in its fullness. (II Nephi 
 14:1-6. Isa. 4. I Nephi 14:1-7.) 
 
 These judgments will fall on those of our priesthood and 
 saints who have accepted a portion of the Gospel, known as 
 the first principles, but have closed their eyes or rejected the 
 
 119 
 
greater things. The Lord has said : 
 
 "Behold, vengeance cometh speedily upon the inhabitants 
 of the earth, a day of wrath, a day of burning, a day of 
 desolation, of weeping, of mourning, and of lamentation, and 
 as a. whirlwind it shall come upon all the face of the earth, 
 saith the Lord. And upon my house shall it begin, and from 
 my house shall it go forth, saith the Lord. First among 
 those among'you, saith the Lord, who have professed to know 
 my name and have not known me, and have blasphemed 
 against me in the midst of my house, saith the Lord." D. C. 
 112:24-26. D. C. 97:19-26. 
 
 After the Lord had outlined the mission of this Marred 
 Servant, and the foreseen judgment against the Gentiles for 
 rejecting His Gospel in the latter days, He sums up the 
 closing events, pointing out that this land is likewise to be 
 given to the Believing Gentiles and that they are to be num- 
 bered with Israel. 
 
 "And they shall assist my people, the Remnants of Jacob, 
 and also as many of the House of Israel as shall come, that 
 they may build a city, which shall be called the New Jeru- 
 salem; And then shall they assist my people, that they may 
 be gathered in, who are scattered upon all the face of the 
 land, in unto the New Jerusalem. And then shall the power 
 of heaven come down among them; and I also will be in 
 the midst. And they shall go out from all nations; and they 
 shall not go out in haste, nor go by flight, for I will go before 
 them, saith the Father, and I will be their rearward." Ill 
 Nephi 21:23-25, 29. 
 
 At that time all Israel, which will include the Ten Lost 
 Tribes, will be gathered. This will fulfil the covenant that 
 He made with the House of Israel. (Verses 26-28, and 22nd 
 chapter.) One of the reasons why they are to build this 
 great city, with the believing Gentiles assisting, lies in the 
 fact that the number of the believers possessing the natural 
 blood of Israel will then outnumber the believing Gentiles. 
 We quote the continuation of His words : 
 
 "And then shall that which is written come to pass. Sing, 
 
 120 
 
a barren, thou that didst not bear; break forth into singing, 
 and cry aloud, thou that didst not travail with child; for 
 more are the children of the desolate than the children of the 
 "married wife, saith the Lord. Enlarge the place of thy 
 tent, and let them stretch forth the curtains of thy habita- 
 tions; spare not, lengthen thy cords and strengthen thy 
 stakes; For thou shall break forth on. thy right hand and on 
 the left, and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make 
 the desolate cities to be inhabited." (Ill Nephi 22:1-3.) 
 
 Thus the judgments that will overtake the Gentiles for 
 rejecting the Restored Gospel and Prophets of God, will be 
 similar to those sent against the Jews in former years. They 
 have up to the present time chosen man-made Priesthood, 
 and have rejected and laughed to scorn those whom the Lord 
 has sent; and, according to prophecy, their course will not 
 be changed. (D. C. 45:24-33. D. C. 87:5-8.) 
 
 More than ample evidence has been given to establish the 
 fact that the Marred Servant and Jesus Christ are two differ- 
 ent persons, and that the future mission of the Marred 
 Servant is identical with that of John's; therefore, the only 
 logical conclusion is that the Marred Servant is to be John 
 the Revelator, the great future Elias, who, not only is 
 to gather Israel, but to sanctify them, in order that they will 
 be able tp abide the consuming fire of the Glory of the Lord 
 at His coming. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 SEALING UNTO ETERNAL LIFE AND SANCTIFICATION 
 
 OF THE BODY BY JOHN THE REVELATOR AND 
 
 THE FOUR DESTROYING ANGELS 
 
 "No man has seen God at any time in the flesh, except 
 quickened by the Spirit of God"; which blessing, in every 
 instance, has come to man by way of his righteousness in 
 obeying the Laws of God. "Neither can any natural man 
 
 a lsrael. 
 
 c The Gentiles. 
 
 121 
 
abide in the presence of God; neither after the carnal mind; 
 Ye are not able to abide the presence of God now, neither 
 the ministering of angels; wherefore continue in patience 
 until ye are perfected." (D. C. 67:11-13. 
 
 In other words, the fire of Glory that surrounds the Father 
 and Son is greater than mortal eye and flesh can endure. 
 (D. C. 130:-6-9. Isa. 33:13-15. II Thes. 1:7-9.) It was 
 thru wickedness that the language of Adam was changed, 
 and no doubt it included his race (Gen. 11:1-9) ; but it will 
 be thru righteousness that they will be united in one com- 
 mon family again. This harmonizes with Paul's teachings. 
 (Gal. 3:26-29.) Therefore it behooves a man to place him- 
 self in a position to receive these blessings. Joseph Smith 
 said that when a Gentile receives the Restored Gospel, which 
 includes baptism by immersion and receiving the Holy Ghost 
 thru the laying on of hands, his blood is actually changed to 
 that of the seed of Abraham. (J. S. T., pages 21-22; C. H., 
 Vol. 3, p. 380.) 
 
 The adoption into the one common family of the children 
 of God is the first great step toward going back into the 
 presence of God. The second step is obtained by making 
 ourselves useful, entering the Priesthood, and magnifying 
 in righteousness our various callings and talents, which, in 
 time, will result in our bodies being sanctified. When man 
 reaches this condition he will be able to abide the presence 
 of God and His glory of consuming fire. 
 
 "For whoso is faithful unto the obtaining these two Priest- 
 hoods of which I have spoken, and the magnifying their call- 
 ings, are sanctified by the Spirit unto the renewing of their 
 bodies; They become the Sons of Moses and of Aaron and 
 the Seed of Abraham, and the Church and Kingdom, and 
 the elect of God." D. C. 84:33-34. 
 
 It was the desire of Moses to sanctify his people; but they 
 would not; and, therefore, they failed to complete their 
 redemption while in the flesh. 
 
 "And without the ordinances thereof, and the authority 
 of the Priesthood, the power of Godliness is not manifest 
 
 122 
 
unto men in the flesh; For without this no man can see the 
 Face of God, even the Father, and live. Now this Moses 
 plainly taught to the children of Israel in the wilderness, 
 and sought diligently to sanctify his people that they might 
 behold the face of God; But they hardened their hearts and 
 could not endure his presence, therefore, the Lord, in His 
 wrath . . . swore that they should not enter into 
 His rest while in the wilderness, which rest is the fullness 
 of His Glory." D. C. 84 : 21-24. (Exod. 19 : 10-24.) 
 
 It will be .thru obeying the laws of Christ that we shall 
 become sanctified and be able to inherit this earth after it 
 receives its celestial glory. 
 
 "And they who are not sanctified thru the law which I 
 have given unto you, even the law of Christ, must inherit 
 another kingdom, even that of a Terrestrial kingdom, or 
 that of a Telestial kingdom." D. C. 88:21. The Lord, 
 speaking of Zion's final redemption says: "But, firstly, let 
 my army become very great, and let it be sanctified before 
 me, that it may become fair as the sun, and clear as the 
 moon, and that her banners may be terrible unto all nations; 
 That the kingdoms of this world may be constrained to ac- 
 knowledge, that the kingdom of Zion is in very deed the 
 kingdom of our God and His Christ; therefore, let us become 
 subject unto her Laws." D. C. 105: 31-32. 
 
 According to this, the Saints who will be permitted to 
 redeem Zion must first be sanctified. In the 34th and 35th 
 verses we find that the perfect laws which pertain to Zion 
 are to be executed after her redemption; but in the mean- 
 time the Saints must choose those who are worthy to labor 
 in the cause of Zion until she is redeemed. The Lord con- 
 tinues by informing us that He will, at that time, have a 
 servant who will sanctify those that will be chosen, and that 
 they will then be able to redeem Zion. 
 
 "And it shall be manifest unto my servant, by the voice 
 of the spirit, those that are chosen, and they shall be sancti- 
 fied; and inasmuch as they follow the counsel which they 
 receive, they shall have power after many days to accom 
 
 123 
 
plish all things pertaining to Zion." D. C. 105 : 36-37. 
 
 If to be "sanctified" only means to reach a condition of 
 having pure thoughts and desires, then for what reason is 
 it to be revealed to the Lord's Servant after this condition 
 has been obtained and completed by the individual? For 
 this particular Servant would not be able to add to the sanc- 
 tification of the individual; for as soon as the individual 
 reached this condition, he would then have automatically 
 sanctified himself. As a matter of fact, they who will be 
 called to redeem Zion will not only be sanctified mentally, 
 but will have a change wrought upon their bodies, in order 
 for them to be able to fulfil their mission and endure the 
 consuming fire of the Lord's glory, which fire of glory will 
 destroy the wicked at His coming; "for the presence of the 
 Lord shall be as the melting fire that burneth, and as the 
 fire which causeth the waters to boil." D. C. 133: 41. (II 
 Thes. 1: 6-8, D. C. 63: 32-37.) Malachi predicts: 
 
 "Behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and 
 all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble; 
 and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord 
 of Hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch." 
 4: 1. 
 
 While Malachi gives the future destiny of the wicked, Joel 
 gives us an outline of the closing scenes among the righteous; 
 both speaking of the same day; Joel declares triumphantly: 
 
 "Blow ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in my 
 holy mountain; let all the inhabitants of the land tremble, 
 for the day of the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at hand." 2 : 1. 
 
 Joel speaks of a great war and other events which will 
 closely precede the coming of the Lord (3rd Chapter) ; he 
 also refers to a mighty Northern army (2:20), called the 
 Lord's army (2:11), to come near the time of the great 
 day of the Lord (2:1). As follows: 
 
 "A day of darkness and of gloominess ... a great 
 people and a strong; there hath not been ever the like, 
 neither shall be any more after it ... A fire devoureth 
 before them; and behind them a flame burneth; the land 
 
 124 
 
is as the Garden of Eden before them, and behind them a 
 desolate wilderness; yea, and nothing shall escape them 
 
 a strong people set in battle array. 
 Neither shall one thrust another; they shall walk every one 
 in his path; and when they fall upon the sword, they shall 
 not be wounded." 2 :2-5, 8. (Isa. 13 :1-13.) See pages 149- 
 152 herein for the mission and result of this army.) 
 
 From the above quotation, we learn that the individuals 
 of this army will possess bodies that the sword will be un- 
 able to wound, which strongly denotes that they will be 
 sanctified in the flesh. This remarkable prophecy continues 
 by saying that God's people shall be gathered and sanctified 
 at that day, as in the following: 
 
 "Blow the trumpet in Zion, sanctify a fast, call a solemn 
 assembly; Gather the people, sanctify the congregation, as- 
 semble the elders, gather the children, and those that suck 
 the breasts; let the bridegroom go forth of his chamber, and 
 the bride out of her closet." 2 : 15-16. 
 
 The gathering of these people and the sanctifying of 
 their bodies will be for the purpose of giving them pro- 
 tection, and preparing them for the coming of the Lord, 
 when deliverance will be found in Zion and Jerusalem. Joel 
 declares : e 
 
 "And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on 
 the name of the Lord shall be delivered; for in Mount Zion" 
 (Missouri), "and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the 
 Lord hath said, and in the remnant whom the Lord shall 
 call." Joel 2: 32. (D. C. 133 : 9-15.) 
 
 The special thought of the above prophecy is that the 
 righteous are to be called together and sanctified. This 
 blessing is not within our reach at the present time, and 
 will not be until John the Revelator comes to prepare the 
 Saints for the coming of the Lord; then it will be essential 
 for them to be sanctified in the flesh, which will place them 
 in a condition to overcome the powers of Satan, to build up 
 the Kingdom, and to be caught up to meet the Lord in His 
 glory at His coming. (Ill Nephi. 28: 39-40.) 
 
 125 
 
Paul tells us that "the Lord shall be revealed from heaven 
 with His mighty angels. In flaming fire taking vengeance 
 on them that know not God, and that obey not the Gospel 
 of our Lord Jesus Christ." II Thes. 1 : 7-8. 
 
 Many blessings are yet to be given unto the Saints, but 
 let us not think that because we have been called and or- 
 dained, that we will be chosen, for the Lord has said: "Be- 
 hold, verily I say unto you, that there are many who have 
 been ordained among you, whom I have called, but few of 
 them are chosen." (D. C. 95:5; 121:34-40.) Therefore, 
 in order that we may be chosen, we will have to make our 
 calling and election sure; and to this end we are told to look 
 forward to the coming of John the Revelator and the Four 
 Destroying Angels for these blessings; for thru prophecy 
 we learn that they are to come, holding the Seal of God 
 over the Twelve Tribes of Israel. 
 
 Joseph Smith says they are: "Four destroying angels 
 holding power over the four quarters of the earth until the 
 servants of God are sealed in their foreheads, which signifies 
 sealing the blessing upon their heads, meaning the ever- 
 lasting covenant, thereby making their calling and election 
 sure." Compendium, p. 279. 
 
 Now, while those who receive this blessing will have gained 
 their Salvation thru the Everlasting Covenant; yet what is 
 meant by "making their calling and election sure?" Joseph 
 Smith once referred to Peter's testimony (II Peter 1: 9-21) 
 and stated that the apostle had heard the voice of the Father, 
 on the Mount of Transfiguration, declaring that Jesus was 
 His beloved Son; he also pointed out that Peter had received 
 the "more sure word of prophecy." Note the following: 
 
 "Though they might hear the voice of God and know that 
 Jesus was the Son of God, this would be no evidence that 
 their election and calling was made sure, that they had 
 part with Christ, and were joint heirs with Him. They 
 then would want that more sure word of prophecy, that they 
 were sealed in the heavens and had the promise of eternal 
 life in the Kingdom of God." J. S. T., p. 148-9. (C. H., 
 
 126 
 
Vol. 5, p. 387.) 
 
 Men shrink from the thought of living during the closing 
 days of tribulation ; but with the Key of Knowledge, as given 
 thru Joseph Smith, we are able to see that there will be joy 
 and a consoling rest within the reach of the righteous dur- 
 ing these days; for the Four Destroying Angels or prophets 
 with John as their leader (Rev. 7: 1-3, D. C. 77: 8-11) will 
 sanctify the bodies of the Saints and give unto them the 
 sure promise of eternal life, thus sealing them up in the 
 Kingdom of God. However, this blessing cannot be obtained 
 by man unless he has gained his salvation; upon which 
 Joseph Smith says: 
 
 "Salvation means a man being placed beyond the power 
 of all his enemies. . . . The more sure word of prophecy 
 means a man knowing that he is sealed up unto eternal life 
 by revelation and the spirit of prophecy, thru the power of 
 the holy Priesthood." J. S. T. p. 146. (C. H. Vol. 5, p. 392.) 
 
 "Salvation is nothing more nor less than to triumph over 
 all our enemies and put them under our feet. And when 
 we have power to put all enemies under our feet in this 
 world, and a knowledge to triumph over all evil spirits in 
 the world to come, then we are saved. . .. Then I 
 
 would exhort you to go on and continue to call upon God 
 until you make your calling and election sure for yourselves, 
 by obtaining this more sure word of prophecy, and wait pa- 
 tiently for the promise until you obtain it.". J. S. T. p. 147, 
 149-150. (C. H. Vol. 5, p. 387, given in 1843.) 
 
 While death is man's last enemy he will be able to gain 
 a knowledge of his salvation while in the flesh through the 
 "spirit of revelation which will be conveyed thru John and 
 the Four Angels; for "Salvation is for a man to be saved 
 from all his enemies; for until man can triumph over death, 
 he is not saved. A knowledge of the Priesthood alone will 
 do this." J. S. T. p. 146. (C. H. Vol. 5, p. 403.) 
 
 In order that the Saints may receive this blessing in its 
 fullness Satan's power must be crushed. This can only be 
 accomplished by the sanctification of the body. Thus they 
 
 127 
 
would become as John and the three Nephites. As to the 
 Nephites, we quote: 
 
 "Therefore, that they might not taste of death, there was 
 a change wrought upon their bodies, that they might not 
 suffer pain nor sorrow, save it were for the sins of the world. 
 Now this change was not equal to that which should take 
 place at the last day; but there was a change wrought upon 
 them, insomuch that Satan could have no power over them, 
 that he could not tempt them, and they were sanctified in 
 the flesh, that they were holy, and that the powers of the 
 earth could not hold them. And in this state they were to 
 remain until the judgment day of Christ." Ill Nephi. 28: 
 38-40. 
 
 Judging from the description of the future mission of these 
 three Nephites and the fact of their bodies being preserved, 
 it appears that they may be three of the four angels, who 
 are to labor in person with John in converting and gathering 
 Israel, as their desire was the same as John's. We quote in 
 part: 
 
 "And it shall come to pass, when the Lord seeth fit in his 
 wisdom, that they shall minister unto all the scattered tribes 
 of Israel, and unto all nations, kindreds, tongues and people, 
 and shall bring out of them unto Jesus many souls, that their 
 desire may be fulfilled, and also because of the convincing 
 power of God which is in them; And they are as the angels 
 of God, and if they shall pray unto the Father in the name 
 of Jesus, they can shew themselves unto whatsoever man it 
 seemeth them good; Therefore great and marvelous works 
 shall be wrought by them, before the great and coming day, 
 when all people must surely stand before the Judgment seat 
 of Christ; Yea, even among the Gentiles shall there be a 
 great and marvelous work wrought by them, before that 
 judgment day." Ill Nephi. 28:29-32. (D. C. 130:4-5.) 
 
 The identity of the fourth character is likewise not dis- 
 closed in the records; but the Prophet Ether informs us that 
 he was the last soul left of a people who came from the 
 Tower of Babel (Ether 1:33. Gen. 11:1-9) to America, at 
 
 128 
 
the time when God scattered His people over the face of the 
 whole earth. On account of wickedness years later these 
 people were all, with the exception of Ether, destroyed 
 thru wars and various plagues. In the concluding words of 
 his history Ether informs us of the possibility of his transla- 
 tion (Ether 15:34). He therefore may have been reserved 
 for a future mission. J. S. T. p. 186. C. H. Vol. 4, p. 425. 
 
 According to the Book of Mormon, Ether's records were 
 later found by the people of Lehi, who left Jerusalem and 
 came to America in 600 B. C. (Mosiah 8: 7-12.) 
 
 With this brief outline of a part of the future mission of 
 John and the Four Angels, and their joint work of sealing 
 up the righteous and sanctifying their bodies, we will now 
 consider their labor of calling and sending out the 144,000. 
 
 THE 144,000 
 THEIR MISSION, CALLING AND SEALING 
 
 The Seventh Chapter of Revelation gives an outline of 
 some of the things which John the Revelator saw in vision 
 (in the spirit) while on the Isle of Patmos. It covers the 
 future event of sending forth the Four Angels, who are to 
 seal up c the righteous and curse the wicked, just prior to 
 the coming of Christ. He likewise saw a vast multitude of 
 God's people, whom they had gathered from every nation, 
 during the days of the great tribulation. 
 
 A fuller explanation of this revelation was given to 
 Joseph Smith in answer to the question: "What are we to 
 understand by the four angels, spoken of in the 7th Chapter 
 and 1st verse of Revelations? We are to understand that 
 they are four angels sent forth from God, to whom is given 
 power over the four parts of the earth, to save life and to 
 destroy; these are they who have the everlasting gospel to 
 commit to every nation, kindred, tongue and people; having 
 power to shut up the heavens, to seal up unto life, or to cast 
 down to the regions of darkness. 
 
 "What are wo to understand by the angel ascending from 
 the East, Revelations, 7th Chapter and 2nd verse? We are 
 
 129 
 
to understand that the angel ascending from the East, is he 
 to whom is given the seal of the living God, over the Twelve 
 Trites of Israel; wherefore, he crieth unto the four angels 
 having the everlasting gospel, saying, hurt not the earth, 
 neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants 
 of our God in their foreheads; and if you will receive it, 
 this is Elias which was to come to gather together the Tribes 
 of Israel and restore all things. 
 
 "What are we to understand by the little book which was 
 eaten by John, as mentioned in the 10th Chapter of Revela- 
 tions? We are to understand that it was a mission, and an 
 ordinance, for him to gather the Tribes of Israel; behold, 
 this is Elias, who, as it is written, must come and restore 
 all things." D. C. 77:8-9, 14. 
 
 The above three verses alone furnish us absolute con- 
 clusive evidence that John and the four angels or prophets 
 have a marvelous future mission to perform among men 
 in preparing them for the coming of Christ. 
 
 The sealing of the Servants of God in their foreheads will 
 include the sanctifying of their bodies and the receiving of 
 their Father's name written in their foreheads, with the 
 promise of eternal life, and the mission of the four angels 
 will include the cursing of the wicked with death, and the 
 sending of their spirits to hell, which is far greater power 
 than the Priesthood holds today. This seal of God, that they 
 are to place upon the righteous, will also save them from 
 the plagues that are to be sent upon the wicked. (D. C. 
 133:10-19; Comp. p. 279, Sealing of the Servants of God; 
 also p. 275, The More Sure Word of Prophecy.) 
 
 "And it was commanded them that they should not hurt 
 the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any 
 tree; but only those men which have not the seal of God in 
 their foreheads." (Rev. 9:4.) 
 
 The overcoming of the powers of wickedness and the con- 
 vincing of the honest in heart of the plans of God and the 
 gathering of them to Jerusalem and to Zion, will be a work 
 of such magnitude that many laborers will be required. 
 
 130 
 
Therefore, the Lord has planned for 144,000 of Israel's best 
 blood to be ordained and sent forth to accomplish this work. 
 Where they are to come from and who is to ordain them, 
 has been answered by the Lord in the following verse: 
 
 "What are we to understand by sealing the 144,000 out 
 of all the tribes of Israel; 12,000 out of every tribe? We 
 are to understand that those who are sealed are 2d High 
 Priests, ordained unto the holy order of God, to administer 
 the everlasting gospel; for they are they who are ordained 
 out of every nation, kindred, tongue and people, by 2f the 
 angels to whom is given power over the nations of the earth, 
 to bring as many as will come to the Church of the First 
 Born." D. C. 77:11. 
 
 The points of interest brought out here are: 
 
 (1) John and the Four Angels are to have charge of 
 ordaining and sending them forth; the late Apostle Orson 
 Pratt, in his foot notes under the above verse, says: 2d "These 
 144,000 High Priests are messengers sent forth to prepare 
 the way for the coming of the Lord," who will be "ordained 
 by angels who are in possession of the High Priesthood." 
 
 (2) These 144,000 are to be ordained equally from the 
 twelve tribes. It is amusing to know the arguments that 
 many cinembers of our Priesthood are using in trying to ex- 
 plain the above quotation. We cannot quote them all; but 
 it is sufficient to say, that they are teaching that the 144,000 
 includes all the High Priests that have been ordained during 
 the last eighty-seven years; thus they are overlooking the 
 fact that they have been ordained from among the Gentiles. 
 However, many of them have a portion of the blood of 
 Ephraim in their veins. But the record says that they are to 
 come equally from each tribe; at present, the gospel is 
 among the Gentiles. It is yet to go to Juda and Joseph; 
 furthermore, the ten tribes are not with us. D. C. 90: 8-11. 
 D. C. 45: 24-30. D. C. 14: 10. Title page, Book of Mormon. 
 D. C. 109: 60. For Ten Tribes see p. 156.) 
 
 (3) When the twelve tribes begin their final gathering, 
 John and the Four Angels will know to which tribe every 
 
 131 
 
man belongs; whereas, we are only able to identify the tribe 
 of Juda and a part of Ephraim. We must not forget that 
 Joseph Smith commanded our first quorum of apostles to 
 go and "preach among the Gentiles until the Lord shall com- 
 mand them to go to the Jews." (C. H. Vol. 2, p. 200.) This 
 commandment has never been received, nor does the writer 
 look for it until the Lord takes the gospel from the Gentiles 
 and sends it to Juda and Joseph (Ephraim) thru His chosen 
 Prophets, whom He will send in due time. (D. C. 19: 26-27; 
 77:15; Rev. II ,Chap.; Ill Nephi. 16:4-12; 20:11-46; 21:1- 
 29. See Marred Servant.) 
 
 (4) The results of the great mission of gathering Israel 
 by the four angels, John and the 144,000, are powerfully 
 expressed in Rev. 7: 9, 13-14, as follows: 
 
 "After this I beheld, and lo, a great multitude, which no 
 man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and peo- 
 ple, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the 
 Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands. 
 And one of the Elders answered, saying unto .me, 'What are 
 these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came 
 they?' And I said unto him, 'Sir, thou knowest.' And he 
 said to me, 'These are they which came out of great tribula- 
 tion, and have washed their robes, and made them white in 
 the blood of the Lamb.' " 
 
 These great and marvelous events will soon be fulfilled; 
 Elijah, John and David (Israel's future king) will have the 
 kingdom of God established in its fullness by the time these 
 events take place. The kingdoms of the world will be 
 crumbling. The 144,000 will go forth, sanctified in the 
 flesh; thus preserved against the powers of the wicked. This 
 will enable them to perform their mission of building up 
 the Kingdom of God, which will be completed during the 
 days of great tribulation and trying times when war and 
 plagues will cover the earth. 
 
 Lucifer, knowing that his time is short, and that the com- 
 ing of the Lord to receive the Kingdom is nigh at hand will 
 be exercising at that time his full power to deceive. (Math. 
 
 132 
 
24:3-30; D. C. 45:28-33, 66-71; C. H. Vol. 2, p. 52; Dan. 
 12:1-4; II Thes. 2nd Chap.) But he and those who love 
 his ways will come to their end, while David's kingdom and 
 his people will weather the storm of plagues thru the power 
 of the Lord's mighty prophets. Well should we rejoice in 
 the promise of their leadership, for this work will be beyond 
 the power that has been invested in mortal man. 
 
 THE VISIONS OF NEPHI AND EZEKIEL 
 
 Quotations from many prophets, who have seen by vision 
 or have been given the spirit of prophecy, concerning John's 
 great future mission have been previously set forth. Atten- 
 tion is now called to the visions of Nephi and Ezekiel. 
 
 The Prophet Nephi saw a continual line of events from 
 the birth of Christ, including the present great war that 
 is being poured out upon the nations, to the end of the 
 world. (I Nephi. 11-14 Chapters, Inc.) After the Angel 
 had shown Nephi this present great war, which was to be 
 a forerunner in paving the way for the final gathering of 
 Israel, he immediately called his attention to the Apostle 
 John, who, in the vision, was dressed in a white robe. 
 
 The fact that Nephi's attention was called to the mission 
 of John in connection with this war is reason for one to 
 
 
 
 conclude that his coming is near. Quotation in part: 
 
 "And as there began to be wars and rumors of wars among 
 all the nations which belonged to the mother of abominations, 
 the Angel spake unto me, saying, 'Behold, the wrath of God 
 is upon the mother of harlots; and behold, thou seeth all 
 these things . And when the day cometh that the wrath 
 of God is poured out upon the mother of harlots, which is 
 the great and abominable church of all the earth, whose 
 foundation is the devil, then, at that day, the work of the 
 Father shall commence, in preparing the way for the ful- 
 filling of His covenants, which he hath made to His people, 
 who are of the House of Israel.' 
 
 "And it came to pass that the Angel spake unto me, saying, 
 Look! And I looked and beheld a man, and he was dressed 
 in a white robe. And the Angel said unto me, Behold one 
 
 133 
 
of the Twelve Apostles of the Lamb! And I, Nephi, heard 
 and bear record, that the name of the Apostle of the Lamb 
 was John, according to the word of the Angel." I Nephi 14: 
 16-20, 27. 
 
 At this part of the vision, pertaining to John, the Angel 
 also informed Nephi that John himself would write the re- 
 mainder of the vision. (Verses 21-26.) While Nephi, there- 
 fore, discontinued that part pertaining to John, he has, never- 
 theless, given us a connecting link with the vision of Ezekiel, 
 wherein additional information is given of John's future 
 mission. Ezekiel's vision contains many points of interest. 
 
 (1) Ezekiel saw a man clothed in linen, which is the 
 symbol of the white robe described by Nephi. 
 
 (2) A marvelous and strange mission to be fulfilled by 
 this man who was dressed in linen, who, according to Ezekiel, 
 had a writer's inkhorn by his side, thus indicating that he 
 was to be a great writer. This is suggesting a perfect de- 
 scription of John, he being the author of the Gospel of John, 
 the 1st, 2nd and 3rd Epistles of John and the Book of Reve- 
 lations, which is the greatest book ever published on prophe- 
 cy. His masterpiece, which contains even greater revelations, 
 called "The Sealed Records," is yet to come forth at the 
 time of Zion's redemption. (D. C. 93: 6, 18, Ether 4: 13-16. 
 See division on "Greater Things.") 
 
 (3) This man dressed in linen was to set a mark upon 
 the foreheads of those who would be contending for truth 
 throughout Jerusalem, which Jerusalem, in prophecy, desig- 
 nates and means a land of peace, the dwelling place of God's 
 people. 
 
 (4) Six men were to rise in power and destroy the 
 wicked, beginning at the sanctuary, or Temple of the Lord. 
 This is evidently a part of the Lord's scourge that is yet to 
 come, and, we are told that it is to begin at the House of the 
 Lord. (D. C. 112:24-26, D. C. 97:21-26, Jer. 23:18-20.) 
 
 Note that while six men are mentioned by Ezekiel, only 
 five, including John the Revelator, are mentioned in D. C. 
 77:8-11, but EzekiePs vision may have included the work 
 
 134 
 
of the Branch of Jesse (Zech. 3:8-10; 6:12-15; Isa. 11:1), 
 or the Mighty and Strong servant; for the description of 
 the mission of these two prophets shows that they also will 
 have the power to slay the wicked. (Isa. 28: 1-22. D. C. 
 85: 6-12.) We quote in part the vision of Ezekiel: 
 
 "He cried also in mine ears, with a loud voice, saying, 
 Cause them that have charge over the city to draw near, 
 even every man with his destroying weapon in his hand. 
 And behold, six men came from the way of the higher gate, 
 which lieth toward the north, and every man a slaughter 
 weapon in his hand; and one man among them was clothed 
 with linen, with a writer's inkhorn by his side. 
 
 "And he called to the man clothed with linen, which had 
 the writer's inkhorn by his side; and the Lord said unto him, 
 Go through the midst of the city, through the midst of 
 Jerusalem, and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men 
 that sigh and that cry for all the abominations that be done 
 in the midst thereof. And to the others he said in mine hear- 
 ing, Go ye after him through the city, and smite; let not 
 your eye spare, neither have ye pity. Slay utterly old and 
 young . . . but come not near any man upon whom is 
 the mark; and begin at my sanctuary." Ezek. 9 :l-6. 
 
 We call attention to the fact that this mission of setting 
 a mark in the foreheads of the righteous, thus exempting 
 them from plagues is identical with the work that John is 
 to perform in his future mission, as previously set forth. 
 (D. C. 77:8-11, 14; Rev. 7:1-17; 9:1-11.) Also note that 
 the leader of the Destroying Angels is called "Apollyon" in 
 the Book of Revelations. Apollyon means a destroying 
 angel. 
 
 From the preceeding chapter of Ezekiel, we learn that 
 the judgment here mentioned will be sent for the purpose 
 of cleansing the children of Israel. (8:1-18, 9:9.) This 
 is in line with many prophecies clearly indicating the com- 
 ing of various wars and plagues against the wicked until 
 they are all destroyed, but sparing the righteous "that are 
 left in Zion, and remain in Jerusalem." (II Nephi 14:1-6; 
 
 135 
 
Isa. 4th Chap.; D. C. 124: 10.) 
 
 Returning to Ezekiel's vision, he further saw a cloud of 
 glory hovering over a future temple. As Doctrine and 
 Covenants clearly tells us the temple to be built in Missouri 
 will rest under such a cloud, we may safely conclude this 
 is the temple referred to in this vision. (D. C. 84:1-5; 
 Ezek. 10:1-5, 19.) 
 
 We are well aware that some of the prophecies of Ezekiel 
 refer to events of former days; but the language of his 
 writings, as recorded, beginning at the seventh chapter, 
 clearly shows a break in the line of events; for he there 
 begins to speak of the latter day judgment. We quote in 
 part: 
 
 "Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, 
 Also, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord God unto the 
 land of Israel; An end, the end is come upon the four cor- 
 ners of the land. Now is the end come upon thee, and I will 
 send mine anger upon thee . . . and mine eye shall not 
 spare thee. . . . An evil, an only evil, behold, is come. 
 An end is come, the end is come, it watcheth for thee; behold, 
 it is come. . . . Violence is risen up into a rod of 
 wickedness; none of them shall remain, nor of their multi- 
 tude. . . . 
 
 "They have blown the trumpet, even to make all ready; 
 but none goeth to the battle; for my wrath is upon all the 
 multitude thereof. The sword is without, and the pestilence 
 and the famine within. . . . But they that escape of 
 them shall escape, and shall be on the mountains like doves 
 of the valley, all of them mourning, every one for his in- 
 iquity . . . and their gold shall not be able to deliver 
 them in the day of the wrath of the Lord." 7: 1-19. 
 
 Ezekiel continues throughout the eighth chapter, giving 
 an outline of the wickedness of Israel's future days, and 
 in the ninth of the judgments that as yet have not been 
 fulfilled, but which will, evidently, under John's leadership, 
 be outpoured as previously set forth. 
 
 This vision of Ezekiel combined with the seeing of John 
 
 136 
 
by Nephi, in that part of his vision pertaining to the final 
 gathering of Israel, which was to be near the time of this 
 great war (I Nephi 14:14-20, 27), and the Lord informing 
 Ezekiel that He would not slay all of Israel, but would 
 gather them and restore their land of inheritance (11:10- 
 20), appears to be ample evidence to prove that the two 
 visions refer to the same period of time, and that the com- 
 ing of John and the Destroying Angels will be the fulfillment 
 of the two visions and the beginning of greater things. (II 
 Nephi. 14:1-6; Isa. 4:1-6.) 
 
 After referring to many prophecies relating to the future 
 mission of various prophets of the Lord, we now call at- 
 tention to their particular labors. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 GREATER THINGS 
 
 History proclaims that man has forever been striving for 
 greater knowledge, wealth and power, and refers to many 
 who have obtained these things in their earthly form; and 
 that few have contemplated the greater mysteries, wisdom, 
 joy and blessings that God has in store for those who seek 
 after Him and His ways. 
 
 While t many claim that they believe in Jesus the Christ, 
 and the Father, it appears that few of them ever seek long 
 enough to comprehend their plans, powers and promised 
 blessings. If they did, they would see the folly of their sin- 
 ful acts, and would prepare themselves for the coming King- 
 dom. 
 
 The Scriptures tell us that the wisdom of man is foolish- 
 ness with God, and that man has not seen nor heard, nor has 
 it entered into his heart the things that God has prepared 
 for them who love Him. Therefore, let us consider a few of 
 these great future events. 
 
 Necessity has forced the writer to refer to many unpleas- 
 ant things, but, thanks be to Heaven, there is a future and 
 brighter day coming. 
 
 To begin with, this life itself, mingled with pain, sorrow, 
 
 137 
 
sin and death, with a fight for righteousness, is for the pur- 
 pose of trying us, in order that the Great Judge may be able 
 to award us, in a future day, with blessings that are fitting 
 to our worthiness. This great earthly plan of our Heavenly 
 Father in drawing His children thru the bitter things first 
 will also prove to be a blessing in assisting them to better 
 enjoy the sweet things of the hereafter. 
 
 We, the Latter Day Saints, feel proud of ourselves as 
 being in possession of the many blessings, covenants, revela- 
 tions and prophecies as found in the Book of Mormon and 
 Doctrine and Covenants, but not all of us realize that, if we 
 fail to accept the whole of them, we will bring condemnation 
 upon ourselves. 
 
 The Book of Mormon, as we have it today, contains the 
 lesser things that Jesus taught to the Remnants of Jacob 
 while on the American Continent in A. D. 34. These lesser 
 or unsealed, records have been given unto us first in order 
 to try our faith; if we accept them, then we have the prom- 
 ise of the restoration of the greater or sealed records. 
 
 The Prophet Nephi states: 
 
 "Behold, the plates of Nephi do contain the more part of 
 the things which He taught the people; And these things 
 have I written, which are a lesser part of the things which 
 He taught the people; and I have written them to the intent 
 that they may be brought again unto this people, from the 
 Gentiles, according to the words which Jesus had spoken. 
 
 "And when they shall have received this, which it is ex- 
 pedient that they should have first, to try their faith, and if 
 it shall so be that they shall believe these things, then shall 
 the greater things be made manifest unto them. And if 
 it so be that they will not believe these things, then shall 
 the greater things be withheld from them, unto their con- 
 demnation. Behold, I was about to write them all of which 
 were engraven upon the plates of Nephi, but the Lord for- 
 bid it, saying, I will try the faith of my people." Ill Nephi 
 26:7-11. 
 
 138 ' 
 
The Prophet Ether also refers to another book that is yet 
 to come forth: 
 
 "Behold, I have written upon these plates the very things 
 which the brother of Jared saw, and there never was greater 
 things made manifest than that which was made manifest 
 unto the brother of Jared. 
 
 "Wherefore, the Lord has commanded me to write them, 
 and I have written them. And He commanded me that I 
 should seal them up; and He also hath commanded me that 
 I should seal up the interpretation thereof; wherefore, I 
 have sealed up the interpreters, according to the command- 
 ment of the Lord. For the Lord said unto me, They shall 
 not go forth unto the Gentiles until the day that they shall 
 repent of their iniquity and become clean before the Lord. 
 
 "And in that day that they shall exercise faith in me, 
 saith the Lord, even as the brother of Jared did, that they 
 may become sanctified in me, then will I manifest unto them 
 the things which the brother of Jared saw, even to the un- 
 folding unto them all my revelation, saith Jesus Christ. 
 And he that will contend against the Word of the 
 Lord, let him be accursed; and he that shall deny these 
 things, let him be accursed; for unto them will 1 shew no 
 greater things, saith Jesus Christ, for I am He who speaketh." 
 Ether 4:4-8. (II Nephi 27: 7-26.) 
 
 The gathering and sanctifying of the Saints by John the 
 Revelator and the four Angels has been outlined in Chapter 
 VI. The withholding of these sealed records until they 
 come and accomplish their work among the Saints is indeed 
 enough within itself to cause the eyes of the Saints to turn 
 and their hearts to contemplate upon the return of John. 
 
 It was foreseen wisdom of the Lord in warning the Latter 
 Day Saints, in these last days, about their lack of faith to- 
 ward the Book of Mormon and Doctrine of Covenants: 
 
 "And your minds in times past have been darkened be- 
 cause of unbelief, and because you have treated lightly the 
 things you have received, which vanity and unbelief have 
 brought the whole Church under condemnation. And this 
 
 139 
 
condemnation resteth upon the children of Zion, even all. 
 
 "And they shall remain under this condemnation until 
 they repent and remember the new covenant, even the Book 
 of Mormon, and the former commandments which I have 
 given them, not only to say, but to do, according to that 
 which I have written. That they may bring forth fruit meet 
 for their Father's Kingdom; otherwise there remaineth a 
 scourge and a judgment to be poured out upon the children 
 of Zion." D. C. 84:54-58. (D. C. 97:22-26. D. C. 112: 
 24-26. D. C. 124: 6-10.) 
 
 With these facts before us, the question arises, have the 
 Latter Day Saints freed themselves from this judgment? 
 They have not! Why? For the reason that many of their 
 leaders, as previously set forth, have bitterly refused to ac- 
 cept the prophecies that point out the great mission and work 
 that future prophets are to fulfil. Many of the Saints are 
 contenting themselves by believing that the members of our 
 present Priesthood hold the fullness of power and mission 
 to finish up God's works. 
 
 It is these blasphemous statements and fictitious ideas of 
 contending against these greater things that are holding 
 back the spiritual progress of the Church. The writer looks 
 for no change or relief until these great prophets and lead- 
 ers come to cut off the unrighteous and gather the worthy 
 Saints who are looking and longing for the fullness of God's 
 Kingdom. 
 
 Joseph Smith frankly proclaimed that he was not per- 
 mitted to translate that portion of the plates of the Book 
 of Mormon that was sealed, and it is that portion which con- 
 tains the sealed writings of Nephi and Ether that is yet to 
 come forth. There are also the sealed portions of John's 
 records to come forth, which cover the works of God that 
 he saw while caught away in the spirit while on the Isle of 
 Patmos (Rev. 1:9) which he was then prohibited to write. 
 (Rev. 10: 1-11.) The Lord has said: 
 
 "And John saw and bore record of the fullness of my 
 glory, and the fullness of John's record is hereafter to be 
 
 140 
 
revealed. And it shall come to pass that if you are faith- 
 ful you shall receive the fullness of the record of John/' 
 
 D. C. 93:6, 18. 
 
 We have also quotations from Ether pertaining to John's 
 sealed records, as follows: 
 
 "Come unto me, Oh ye Gentiles, and I will show unto you 
 the greater things, the knowledge which is hid up because of 
 unbelief. Come unto me, Oh ye House of Israel, and it 
 shall be made manifest unto you how great things the Father 
 hath laid up for you, from the foundation of the world; 
 and it has not come unto you because of unbelief. 
 
 "Behold, when ye shall rend that vail of unbelief which 
 doth cause you to remain in your awful state of wicked- 
 ness and hardness of heart, and blindness of mind, then 
 shall the great and marvelous things which have been hid 
 up from the foundation of the world from you: yea, when 
 ye shall call upon the Father in my name, with a broken 
 heart and a contrite spirit, then shall ye know that the Father 
 hath remembered the covenant which he made unto your 
 fathers, Oh House of Israel. 
 
 "And ftien shall my revelations, which I have caused to 
 be written by my servant John be unfolded in the eyes of 
 all the people. Remember, when ye see these things, ye 
 shall know that the time is at hand that they shall be made 
 manifest in very deed." Ether 4:13-16. 
 
 The Prophet Nephi has also referred to these sealed rec- 
 ords as follows: 
 
 "The things which are sealed shall not be delivered in 
 the day of the wickedness and abominations of the people. 
 Wherefore the book shall be kept from them. . . . For 
 the book shall be sealed by the power of God, and the 
 revelation which was sealed shall be kept in the book until 
 the own due time of the Lord, that they may come forth: 
 for behold, they reveal all things from the foundation of the 
 world unto the end thereof. 
 
 "And the day cometh that the words of the book which 
 were sealed shall be read upon the house tops; and they 
 
 141 
 
shall be read by the power of Christ. And all things shall 
 be revealed unto the children of men which ever have been 
 among the children of men, and which ever will be, even 
 unto the end of the earth." II Nephi 27:8, 10-11. (Also 
 Insp. Translation Isa. 29: 13-16.) 
 
 The reader will now be able to more fully connect up 
 the mission of the Marred Servant as outlined in Chaptei 
 V, wherein he is to bring forth a record, which will be the 
 words of Jesus Christ, and those who refuse to accept hin 
 mission and records will be cut off from God's people. (Ill 
 Nephi 21:7-15.) 
 
 The fulfillment of this prophecy, in the writer's mind, will 
 be no more or less than the coming of John with the re- 
 mainder of his revelations, and, no doubt, the Angel Moroni, 
 who holds the keys of the Book of Mormon, (D. C. 27:5) 
 will again bring the plates back for their complete transla- 
 tion. 
 
 With this outline of these greater records that are yet 
 to come forth, let us now consider the fullness of the Priest- 
 hood powers that are also to be restored. 
 
 FULLNESS OF THE PRIESTHOOD 
 
 The greater portion of the Latter Day Saints have heard 
 many of our present leaders declare the equivalent that all 
 authority and power of the Priesthood have been restored, 
 and that nothing will come forth unto the Saints except 
 through them, and that the Saints need not trouble them- 
 selves over these deep prophecies, but to hold on to the first 
 principles of the Gospel, and that they should shape their 
 thoughts on the present events and questions of the day, 
 and not on the unknown future, and that those who are per- 
 sistent in bringing forth these new doctrines that are not 
 advanced or sanctioned by the Church leaders, are on the 
 road to apostasy. 
 
 While the above statements are fearlessly uttered, they 
 have, however, no foundation. Those of our leaders who 
 utter these statements overlook the fact that the entire words 
 
 142 
 
of the Lord are true, and that all of these prophecies have 
 come through the head of the Church unto the Saints, 
 through the Prophet Joseph Smith; and, inasmuch as the 
 end of time is neigh at hand, it behooves us all to read 
 them now if we ever expect to learn them. 
 
 Furthermore, if we hold the fullness of the Priesthood 
 and are to finish up the Lord's mighty and final works, then 
 why has the Lord foretold that He is to send forth the Mighty 
 and Strong Servant to set the House of God in order and 
 divide by lot the inheritances of the Saints in Zion ; that John, 
 with the Four Angels, are to gather and seal up the Saints; 
 Elijah to build up the Kingdom and Temple and restore the 
 law of Sacrifice; with David to rule over the Kingdom as 
 King, the Three Nephite Apostles to do a great and mar- 
 velous work among the Gentiles before the coming of Christ 
 (III Nephi 28:29-32) ; the two prophets to be raised up into 
 the Jews that are referred to as the two Olive Trees (Zech. 
 4 Chap. Rev. 11: 1-13; D. C. 77: 15) ; the man like Moses to 
 redeem Zion; the Root of Jesse to gather Israel and Gen- 
 tiles; with the prophecies concerning the coming forth of 
 the Branch, the Rod and the Marred Servant, all of which 
 are to come forth at the time of Israel's redemption? 
 
 Now, if these prophecies are true, then it would appear 
 that men would think twice before they would undertake to 
 covet the mission and authority which have been given unto 
 others. (For various characters see Index.) 
 
 The Prophet Joseph Smith laid the foundation (D. C. 
 136:37-38) for other great prophets to build upon. As 
 late as 1844 (being eight years after the coming of Elijah 
 to the Kirtland Temple to restore Temple work, and fifteen 
 years after the appearing of John the Revelator, with Peter 
 and James, unto Joseph Smith), we find him declaring in the 
 following quotation, that Elijah and John (the Latter Day 
 Elias) are to return and build up the Kingdom. 
 
 "The spirit of Elias is first, Elijah second, and Messiah 
 last. Elias is a forerunner to prepare the way, and the 
 spirit and power of Elijah is to come after, holding the 
 
 143 
 
Keys of Power, building the Temple to the cap stone, plac- 
 ing the seals of the Melchisedek Priesthood upon the house 
 of Israel, and making all things ready; then Messiah comes 
 to His Temple, . . . Elijah was to come and prepare 
 the way and build up the Kingdom before the coming of the 
 great day of the Lord, although the spirit of Elias might 
 begin it." Given March 10, 1844, Comp. p. 283; (C. H. 
 Vol. 6, p. 249.) 
 
 Inasmuch as the mission of John the Revelator as the 
 Elias of the last day is yet in the future, hence the final 
 mission of Elijah is also yet to be fulfilled. 
 
 We also find the second mission of Elijah confirmed by 
 Joseph Smith, in his statement of 1840. He points out 
 that his future mission will be to restore the fullness of the 
 Priesthood, as well as restore the law of sacrifice. As 
 follows : 
 
 "The offering of sacrifice has ever been connected and 
 forms a part of the duties of the Priesthood. It began with 
 the Priesthood, and will be continued until after the com- 
 ing of Christ, . . ."Elijah was the last prophet that held 
 the keys of the Priesthood, and WHO WILL, before the last 
 dispensation, restore the authority and deliver the keys of 
 the Priesthood, in order that all the ordinances may be at- 
 tended to in righteousness. 
 
 "These sacrifices, as well as every ordinance belonging to 
 the Priesthood, WILL when the Temple of the Lord shall be 
 built, and the sons of Levi be purified, be fully restored and 
 attended to in all their powers, ramifications and blessings. 
 This ever did and ever will exist when the powers of the 
 Melchisedek Priesthood are sufficiently manifest; 
 
 "It is not to be understood that the Law of Moses will be 
 established again with all its rites and variety of cere- 
 monies, . . . 'but those things which existed prior to 
 Moses' day, namely: Sacrifice, will be continued." J. S. T., 
 page 119-121. (C. H., Vol. 4, p. 207. Given Oct. 5, 1840.) 
 
 The Kirtland Temple was completed in 1836, and visited 
 in the same year by many heavenly characters, including 
 
 144 
 
Elijah, in restoring blessings and ordinances of the Gospel. 
 There has been nothing restored since then; hence, Joseph 
 had reference to the great future temple of Zion. 
 
 In connection with the above ordinances that are to be 
 restored when the great temple at Independence, Missouri, 
 is built (D. C. 84:1-5), there is to be the law of consecra- 
 tion restored (D. C. 105:1-6), the central stake of Zion 
 redeemed, and the building of the New Jerusalem, which 
 will take place within the same generation of 1832, (D. C. 
 84:2-5; 45:62-71); the Gospel carried to the Jews; the 
 final gathering of all Israel, and the setting up of the King- 
 dom of God in its fullness, with David as King; all to take 
 place before the coming of the Lord. 
 
 It appears to the writer that sufficient has been given 
 to show that many great things are near our door, as well 
 as to prove to the reader that we do not hold the fullness 
 of the Priesthood, mission or authority to complete the 
 works of God and establish the Kingdom in its fullness. 
 This latter thought to be outlined in the following division. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 THE FUTURE KINGDOM OF GOD 
 
 and 
 DAVID ITS KING 
 
 Prophets and seers of all ages have referred to a future 
 itingdom that would be set up prior to the coming of Christ 
 and which would provide a refuge for the righteous of the 
 earth, whom the prophets will gather together during the 
 closing days of tribulation. 
 
 They also inform us that this Kingdom will be the only 
 one left standing at the coming of Christ, whose coming will 
 bring destruction upon the remaining wicked, including 
 the hypocrites and unbelievers. (D. C. 85:6-12; 101:90; 
 84:96-98.) 
 
 The efforts of man to form a perfect government, where- 
 in peace, righteousness and liberty might be enjoyed, have 
 
 145 
 
proved a failure. The closing scenes are heart-rending, 
 and the signs of the times only point to another woe. 
 
 Therefore, it behooves a man, who loves these things, 
 to cast his eyes over the pages of God's law, with the hope 
 of finding rest. From these sacred pages we learn that the 
 Lord has set the bounds of nations, and that they have 
 reached their summit, and are approaching their end at an 
 appalling rate. 
 
 A portion of their history, past and future, has been 
 told, and given to man thru a God-sent dream to King Nebu- 
 chadnezzar and the interpretation by Daniel, wherein was 
 given the future destiny of the Chaldeans, the Medes and 
 Persians, the Grecians and the Roman Kingdom, as well 
 as the ten subdivisions into which the Roman Empire was 
 broken and which were represented in the dream by the ten 
 toes of the image, and constitute the kingdoms of Europe 
 and Asia today. After prophetically portraying all this, 
 Daniel continues: 
 
 "And in the days of these kings" (the Ten) "shall the God 
 of Heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed; 
 and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it 
 shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and 
 it shall stand forever." Dan. 2 : 44. 
 
 Here is a definite prophecy that the Kingdom of God shall 
 supersede the kingdoms of the world; and this kingdom will 
 be a literal kingdom according to the Scriptures. 
 
 The Prophet Joseph Smith once referred to the writings 
 of a certain Dr. Smith, on this subject of the Kingdom of 
 God, as spoken of by Daniel. Quoted in part: 
 
 "The claim that the 'little Stone cut from the mountain 
 without hands/ is the 'Spiritual Kingdom of Christ' if by 
 that 'Spiritual Kingdom* is meant not a real kingdom, actual- 
 ly existing, visible and tangible is an assumption of the 
 Doctor's. It is not the longuage of the Bible, nor is there 
 any evidence in Scripture for believing that 'the kingdom' 
 represented by 'the stone cut out of the mountain without 
 hands' is any less a material kingdom than those which pre- 
 146 
 
ceded it." . . . "The terms of Daniel's prophecy re- 
 quire that the kingdom which God shall establish, and which 
 was represented by the stone cut from the mountain with- 
 out hands, shall he set up in the days of the fifth political 
 world power in the days of the kingdoms represented by 
 the pieces of iron and clay in the feet and toes of the image. 
 And in the days of these kings (not in the days of 
 the Roman Empire) shall the God of Heaven set up a king- 
 dom, which shall never be destroyed." C. H. Vol. 1, p. 38-40. 
 Intro. 
 
 This kingdom will have a king and many mighty officers 
 and prophets to build it up, until it fills the whole earth. 
 (Dan. 2:35, 44, 45.) John the Revelator will be laboring 
 amongst us during the formation of this kingdom and will 
 be gathering in the honest in heart from all nations, and 
 they in turn will give their support to Elijah in building up 
 the New and Old Jerusalem, as well as the Great Temple 
 in Zion; and doubtless also the future one of Palestine. 
 
 The mighty Priesthood power of John and Elijah and the 
 blessings 'that they will bring unto the honest in heart, will 
 be the means of preparing them for the coming of the Lord. 
 (C. H. Vol. 5, p. 336.) However, with all this preparation, 
 they will still require a government. This the Lord has 
 foreseen and provided for. That government will be the 
 kingdom which Daniel foretold would be set up in the Lat- 
 ter Days. It will be set up thru the Lord's mighty prophets. 
 
 The judgments and plagues which the Lord and His 
 prophets will send upon the wicked nations for rejecting 
 His message of this kingdom, combined with the creative 
 principles of the Kingdom of Christ, which Daniel terms as 
 a stone, will cause these nations to crumble and fall away 
 for the prophecy emphatically declares "it" (the King- 
 dom of God) "shall break in pieces and consume all these 
 kingdoms, and it shall stand forever. For as much as thou 
 sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without 
 hands, and that it brake in pieces, the iron, the brass, the 
 clay, the silver and the gold ; the great God hath made known 
 
 147 
 
to the king what shall come to pass hereafter ; and the dream 
 is certain, and the interpretation thereof sure." Dan. 2 : 44- 
 45; (D. C. 84:92-98, 114-120; 101:10-14; 5:18-20; 63: 
 32-37; IINephi 27:1-3.) 
 
 It is thought by some that the meaning of "the stone that 
 smote the image" refers to Christ, but, by reading the 44th 
 verse, we learn that it is the kingdom that is referred to. 
 Quotation follows: 
 
 "And in the days of these kings shall the God of Heaven 
 set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed; and the 
 kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break 
 in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand 
 forever." Dan. 2:44. (D. C. 124:23, 60.) 
 
 The prophecy of the stone being "cut out of the mountain 
 without hands," will evidently be fulfilled when the mighty 
 prophets call the Saints from their mountain regions, and 
 establish them in Zion, which is in Missouri, where in the 
 days of old was situated the Garden of Eden. (D. C. 84: 
 1-5.) When this event takes place the kingdom proper will 
 be established, and prophecy proves it will come to pass 
 with the coming of the Lord's mighty prophets. (C. H. 
 Vol. 6, p. 249.) We are also told that: 
 
 "The Keys of the Kingdom of God are committed unto 
 man on the earth, and from thence shall the Gospel roll 
 forth unto the ends of the earth, as the stone which is cut 
 out of the mountain without hands, shall roll forth, until it 
 has filled the whole earth." D. C. 65: 2. 
 
 Hence, the living members of the Church, who have ac- 
 cepted that Gospel, will be representatives of the stone, 
 and citizens of the kingdom when it is set up in its fullness. 
 
 "And it shall be called the New Jerusalem, a land of 
 peace, a city of refuge, a place of safety for the Saints of 
 the most High God. And the Glory of the Lord shall be 
 there, and the terror of the Lord also shall be there, inso- 
 much that the wicked will not come unto it, and it shall be 
 called Zion. And it shall come to pass among the wicked 
 that every man that will not take his sword against his 
 
 148 
 
neighbor must needs flee unto Zion for safety. And there 
 shall be gathered unto it out of every nation under Heaven; 
 and it shall be the only people that shall not be at war one 
 with another." D. C. 45: 66-69. 
 
 This idea of a peaceful habitation of a people who are 
 to gather in Zion, from all nations, to build up the capital 
 city of the Kingdom of God, together with the surrounding 
 stakes on the Western Continent, is confirmed in many 
 Scriptures; but we are also told that this Kingdom of God 
 is to smite the nations and break them in pieces. (Dan. 2 : 
 44, as quoted.) Therefore, men have asked the question, 
 "How can these two statements be reconciled?" 
 
 The writer can cite many Scriptures in answer to this 
 question, but only a few will be given. From the 45th 
 Section of D. and C., we learn that the nations of the earth 
 are to be drawn into a great war at the time of the fullness 
 of the Gentiles. (Verse 24-34.) The world is now in the 
 midst of this great war and it has entered upon its fourth 
 year. 
 
 This war will prove to be the beginning of the crumbling 
 of nations and will pave the way for the gathering of Israel. 
 The Prophet Joel states that all nations shall be gathered 
 in a great battle of decision at the time of Isarel's redemp- 
 tion. (2:28-32 and 3:1-21.) He speaks of the heathen na- 
 tions being brought into the latter part of that certain great 
 war among the mighty nations as follows: 
 
 "Proclaim ye this among the Gentiles: Prepare war, wake 
 up the mighty men, let all the men of war draw near; let 
 them come up: 11. Assemble yourselves and come, all ye 
 heathens, and gather yourselves together round about; 
 thither cause thy mighty ones to come down, O Lord. 14. 
 Multitudes, multitudes in the valley of decision : for the day 
 of the Lord is near in the valley of decision." Joel 3 : 9, 
 11, 14. 
 
 Who are these mighty ones who are to come down at 
 or near the time of the coming in of the heathen nations 
 to that great valley of decision? They are His coming 
 
 149 
 
prophets, who are to lead His mighty Northern army The 
 Ten Lost Tribes. (Isa. 13:3-13; Joel 1:1-20; 2:1-27; D. 
 C. 84:114-120; 45:65-71.) 
 
 We have previously referred to the sanctification of the 
 individuals of this army (see p. 124-5) wherein the sword will 
 not be able to wound them when they return (Joel 2:8, 20- 
 21); and there is to be a devouring fire go before them 
 (Verse 3-5) ; and they will pass through the cities and houses 
 in search of the wicked (Verse 6-9) ; the earth shall quake 
 before them, which event, we are told elsewhere, will take 
 place at the return of the Ten Lost Tribes; (D. C. 133: 25- 
 34; Joel 2: 10). We are further told in Joel that it will be 
 the Lord's army that will do this work: 
 
 "And the Lord shall utter his voice before His army, 
 for His camp is very great; for he is strong that executeth 
 His word; for the day of the Lord is great and very terrible; 
 and who can abide it?" 2: 11. 
 
 The Prophet Jeremiah also speaks of this mighty destroyer 
 that is to come from the North (4:5-6), and is to be sent 
 against wicked Juda (Verse 1-4, 8-22), as well as to destroy 
 the Gentiles. He says: 
 
 "Set up the standard toward Zion; retire, stay not, for 
 I will bring evil from the North and a great destruction. 
 The lion is come up from his thicket; and the destroyer of 
 the Gentiles is on his way; he is gone forth from his place 
 to make thy land desolate; and thy cities shall be laid waste 
 without an inhabitant." (4:6-7.) He further informs us 
 that it shall come upon us as a whirlwind. (4: 13.) 
 
 From various other Scriptures we learn that there is to 
 be a destruction of the wicked, which is known as the Lord's 
 scourge, and which shall come upon them as a whirlwind, 
 and it will begin at the House of the Lord, amongst our 
 people, and go from there to Juda and the world. ( Jer. 23 : 
 19-20; 30:23-24; D. C. 97:20-26; 112:24-26; II Nephi 14: 
 1-6.) 
 
 Therefore, it will readily be seen that these wars and 
 plagues which will be sent among the wicked Gentile nations, 
 
 150 
 
combined with the Lord's army of sanctified men which will 
 come from the North, will be the means of destroying these 
 wicked nations from the face of the earth and so make room 
 for the people of God in the lands of their inheritance. 
 Joseph Smith says: 
 
 "And now I am prepared to say by the authority of Jesus 
 Christ, that not many years shall pass away before the United 
 States shall present such a scene of bloodshed as has not 
 a parallel in the history of our nation; pestilence, hail, 
 famine, and earthquake will sweep the wicked of this gen- 
 eration from off the face of the land, to open and prepare 
 the way for the return of the lost tribes of Israel from the 
 North country." (C. H. Vol. 1, p. 315.) 
 
 The Prophet Isaiah has also referred to this great de- 
 struction coming from the North just prior to the coming 
 of the Lord. He informs us that they are to come from 
 the extreme northern limit, "the end of Heaven." They 
 are to be the Lord's "sanctified ones" gathered in battle 
 against the wicked nations of Babylon, as follows: 
 
 "The burden of Babylon, which Isaiah the son of Amoz 
 did see. Jjift ye up a banner upon the high mountain, exalt 
 the voice unto them, shake the hand, that they may go into 
 the gates of the nobles. I have commanded my sanctified 
 ones, I have also called my mighty ones for mine anger, even 
 them that rejoice in my highness. The noise of a multitude 
 in the mountains, like as of a great people; a tumultuous 
 noise of the kingdoms of nations gathered together; the Lord 
 of hosts mustereth the host of the battle. They come from 
 a far country, from the end of Heaven, even the Lord, and 
 the weapons of His indignation, to destroy the whole land. 
 
 "Howl ye; for the day of the Lord is at hand; it shall come 
 as a destruction from the Almighty. Therefore shall all 
 hands be faint, and every man's heart shall melt: And they 
 shall be afraid: pangs and sorrows shall take hold of them; 
 they shall be in pain as a woman that travaileth: they shall 
 be amazed one at another; their faces shall be as flames. 
 
 "Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, cruel both with 
 
 151 
 
wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate: and He 
 shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the stars of 
 Heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their 
 light; the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the 
 moon shall not cause her light to shine. 
 
 "And I will punish the world for their evil, and the wicked 
 for their iniquity! and I will cause the arrogancy of the 
 proud to cease and will lay low the haughtiness of the ter- 
 rible. I will make a man more precious than fine gold; 
 even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir. Therefore I 
 will shake the Heavens, and the earth shall remove out of 
 her place, in the wrath of the Lord of Hosts, and in the day 
 of his fierce anger." Isa. 13:1-13. 
 
 The reader will no doubt be able to see the well-formed 
 plans and work of magnitude that the Lord is to accom- 
 plish; for it was the forefathers of these Ten Tribes many 
 generations ago who were compelled to leave their own 
 country in search of a land where no man lived, in order 
 that they might worship their God in peace. It will be their 
 righteous children who will form a great portion of the 
 future kingdom, and who are to return as a mighty army 
 to destroy the nations who are still in their wicked condition 
 and possessors of the land that the Lord has given unto 
 Israel. 
 
 We have sketched in brief the destruction of the wicked 
 nations and the setting up of God's Kingdom. Let us now 
 consider the King who shall rule over Israel. The Prophet 
 Hosea has predicted: 
 
 "The children of Israel shall abide many days without 
 a king, and without a prince, and without a sacrifice. . . . 
 Afterward shall the children of Israel return and seek the 
 Lord, their God, and David, their King; and shall fear the 
 Lord and his goodness in the latter days." 3 : 4-5. The 
 Prophet Ezekiel says: "And I will set up one shepherd over 
 them, and he shall feed them, even my servant David; he 
 shall feed them, and he shall be their shepherd. And I, the 
 Lord, will be their God, and my servant David a prince 
 
 152 
 
among them." Ezek. 34 : 23-24. 
 
 It is true that Zion of America and Jerusalem of Palestine 
 are now two separate countries, but the kingdom that 
 Daniel referred to, will include the two, and David will be 
 their King; Micah informs us that "the law shall go forth 
 of Zion," which means the Doctrine and Covenants as given 
 to Joseph Smith, containing all the revelations on the Gos- 
 pel, ordinances and duties of the Priesthood. 
 
 It will also include the revelations, laws and ordinances 
 that Elijah and John will bring us when they return, as well 
 as the sealed records of the Book of Mormon and writings 
 of John. 
 
 Micah continues: "And the Word of the Lord from 
 Jerusalem," which means that the Lord is to speak again 
 from the Heavens to Juda, and thus fulfil His words, where- 
 in He has said that He would reveal Himself first unto the 
 Gentiles and then unto the Jews in the Latter Days. (I 
 Nephi 13: 42; II Nephi 25: 14-17; Romans 11: 25-26.) 
 
 No one needs to emphasize the Scriptures in order to de- 
 velop the fact that the Lord is going to unite the whole of 
 Israel into one grand family or kingdom in the Last Days. 
 The fact that the Root and Rod of Jesse are to be of the 
 house of Juda, as well as of Joseph, or Ephraim, speaks 
 for itself; for one is to gather them, and the other is prob- 
 ably to reign over them; this is in order that there shall be 
 no jealousy between the two leading tribes, who have al- 
 ways stood at the head of the twelve tribes. 
 
 Reuben was the first born of the twelve sons of Jacob, 
 but, through sin, he lost his birthright and it was given unto 
 Joseph. However, Juda prevailed above Joseph, hence the 
 envy came between the two tribes. (I Chron. 5:1-2.) 
 
 History shows that the tribes of Jiida and Joseph 
 (Ephraim) took the lead in all the great events of the twelve 
 tribes; for instance, in the days of Rehoboam, the son of 
 Solomon, of the tribe of Juda, when he ascended the throne, 
 he vexed the other tribes to the extent that ten tribes rebelled 
 and withdrew from Juda, and took Joseph (Ephraim) as 
 
 153 
 
their leader, and established a new kingdom that was known 
 as "the kingdom of Israel," and they remained two kingdoms 
 until they were destroyed and scattered by the Assyrians. 
 
 Both the house of Israel and of Judah have suffered many 
 judgments at the hand of the Lord for their transgressions; 
 yet He has many blessings in store for them, and when they 
 turn their faces toward their Redeemer, in that same day 
 will He gather them to the lands He gave them for their 
 inheritance; Juda and the Ten Tribes to the Eastern conti- 
 nent (land of Palestine) (Deut. 30:1-5; II Nephi 10:2-8), 
 Ephraim or Joseph, and the believing Gentiles to America. 
 For the Lord has said : 
 
 "But if they will repent, and hearken unto my words, and 
 harden not their hearts, I will establish my Church among 
 them, and they shall come in unto the covenant, and be 
 numbered among this the Remnant of Jacob, unto whom I 
 have given this land" (America) "for their inheritance. 
 And they shall assist my people, the remnant of Jacob, and 
 also, as many of the house of Israel as shall come, that they 
 may build a city, which shall be called the New Jerusalem. 
 And then shall they assist my people that they may be 
 gathered in, who are scattered upon all the face of the land, 
 in unto the New Jerusalem. And then shall the powers of 
 heaven come down among them; and I also will be in the 
 midst." Ill Nephi 21 :22-25. 
 
 The Prophet Ezekiel, after referring to the coming forth 
 of the Stick of Ephraim (Book of Mormon), continues: 
 
 "Behold, I will take the children of Israel from among 
 the heathen, whither they be gone, and will gather them on 
 every side, and bring them into their own land: And I will 
 make them one nation in the land upon the mountains of 
 Israel; and one king shall be king to them all; and they shall 
 be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into 
 two kingdoms any more at all: . . . And David, my 
 servant, shall be king over them; and they all shall have one 
 shepherd: they shall also walk in my judgments." Ezek, 
 37:21-24. 
 
 154 
 
Before we leave this subject, we again quote Joseph 
 Smith, who was likewise looking for such a kingdom and 
 king: 
 
 "Although David was a king, he never did obtain the spirit 
 and power of Elijah, and the fullness of the Priesthood; and 
 the Priesthood that he received, and the throne and king- 
 dom of David is to be taken from him and given to another 
 by the name of David in the last days, raised up out of his 
 lineage." Compendium, p. 283, March 10, 1844. 
 
 The establishment of the kingdom of God, and the raising 
 up of a righteous king, is in fulfillment of the covenant that 
 the Lord made unto the house of Israel; and, according to 
 our written revelations, the saints are to flee to America, in 
 order to evade the coming plagues. But have our Priests 
 and prophets repeated this warning? 
 
 The records show that some of high standing have gone 
 so far in recent years as to counsel the Saints to remain in 
 their foreign lands, which is contrary to the Lord's com- 
 mandments, as well as to Joseph Smith's teachings, and today 
 they are to be found where? in the trenches and under the 
 sod. 
 
 The Prophet Ezekiel speaks of certain shepherds of Israel 
 who will be ruling God's people at the time that David shall 
 set up the kingdom in its fullness as follows: 
 
 "Thus saith the Lord God unto the shepherds: 'Woe be 
 to the shepherds of Israel that do feed themselves! Should 
 not the shepherds feed the flock? Ye eat the fat, and ye 
 clothe 'you with the wool, ye kill them that are fed, but ye 
 feed not the flock. . . . And they were scattered, 
 because there is no shepherd: and they became meat to all 
 the beasts of the field, when they were scattered. . . 
 Therefore, oh ye shepherds, hear the word of the Lord; 
 
 "Thus saith the Lord God: 'Behold, I am against the 
 shepherds; and I will require my flock at their hand, and 
 cause them to cease from feeding the flock; neither shall 
 the shepherds feed themselves any more, for I will deliver 
 my flock from their mouth, that they may not be meat for 
 
 155 
 
them. . ' . . And I will bring them out from the people, 
 and gather them from the countries, and will bring them to 
 their own land, and feed them upon the mountains of Israel 
 by the rivers.' . . . 
 
 "And as for you, O my flock, thus saith the Lord God: 
 Behold, I judge between cattle and cattle, between the rams 
 and the he goats. . . . And I will set up one shepherd 
 over them, and he shall feed them, even my servant David; 
 he shall feed them, and he shall be their shepherd. . . . 
 And I will make with them a covenant of peace, and will 
 cause the evil beasts to cease out of the land/ " Ezek. 
 34:2-25. 
 
 In conclusion we add that David, the future king of all 
 Israel, may possibly be the Rod of Jesse, who is to come 
 from the lineage of Christ (Isa. 11:1), and who is referred 
 to in D. and C. 113:3-4 as a "servant in the hands of Christ, 
 who is partly a descendant of Jesse" (the father of David 
 of old) "as well as of Ephraim, or of the house of Joseph, 
 on whom there is laid much power." 
 
 The fact that Israel is to have a kingdom and a righteous 
 king is enough to bring joy to the hearts of the children of 
 Israel, including all races of mankind who have accepted the 
 restored Gospel and ordinances of the Church of Jesus 
 Christ. 
 
 Inasmuch as the Ten Lost Tribes and the House of Joseph 
 are to occupy an important position in this future kingdom, 
 it becomes essential that the status of these two divisions of 
 the House of Israel be considered. 
 
 THE RETURN OF THE TEN LOST TRIBES 
 
 Members of our Priesthood hold two opinions on the ques- 
 tion of where the Ten Lost Tribes are now located. Some 
 of our early authors show clearly from the Scriptures that 
 they are to come from an unknown North country. (Eccle- 
 siastical History, p. 363-374. B. H. Roberts.) 
 
 On the other hand, there are many Elders and able leaders 
 who openly declare, in their official sermons of recent years, 
 
 156 
 
that the Ten Lost Tribes are here amongst us, with no ref- 
 erence whatever to the fact that even a portion of them are 
 to come from the unknown North. Some of these sermons 
 have been delivered during Conference in the Salt Lake 
 Tabernacle before the President and Apostles of the Church, 
 and afterwards sold in the Church book stores as the teach- 
 ing of the Church. 
 
 In recent years the tendency has been to eliminate almost 
 any of the great events and miracles that are foretold in the 
 Scriptures concerning the final gathering of Israel and 
 redemption of Zion. The reason for this course evidently 
 lies partly in the fact that if they did admit these various 
 prophets were to come, then it would necessitate the admis- 
 sion that they were coming to set the House of God in 
 order; for this work, according to the Scripture, is to be a. 
 part of their mission. D. C. 85:6-12. 
 
 As the previous subjects have been analyzed from a Scrip- 
 tural standpoint, the subject in question will be likewise 
 answered from the written Word of God, which is all power- 
 ful. The following prophecy is cited to show that the Ten 
 Lost Tribes are yet to come forth from an unknown North 
 country: * 
 
 "And He shall utter His voice out of Zion, and He shall 
 speak from Jerusalem, and His voice shall be heard among 
 all people, And it shall be a voice as of the voice of many 
 waters, and as the voice of a great thunder, which shall break 
 down the mountains and the valleys shall not be found; 
 
 "He shall command the great deep, and it shall be driven 
 back into the North countries, and the islands shall become 
 one land, And the land of Jerusalem and the land of Zion 
 shall be turned back into their own place, and the earth shall 
 be like as it was in the days before it was divided. And the 
 Lord, even the Savior, shall stand in the midst of his people 
 and shall reign over all flesh. 
 
 "And they who are in the North countries shall come in 
 remembrance before the Lord, and their prophets shall hear 
 his voice, and shall no longer stay themselves, and they shall 
 
 157 
 
smite the rocks, and the ice shall flow down at their presence. 
 And an highway shall he cast up in the midst of the great 
 deep. 
 
 "Their enemies shall become a prey unto them, And in the 
 barren deserts there shall come forth pools of living water; 
 and the parched ground shall no longer be a thirsty land. 
 And they shall bring forth their rich treasures unto the 
 children of Ephraim, my servants. And the boundaries of 
 the everlasting hills shall tremble at their presence. And 
 there shall they fall down and be crowned with glory, even 
 in Zion, by the hands of the servants of the Lord, even the 
 children of Ephraim. And they shall be filled with songs of 
 everlasting joy." D. C. 133:21-33. 
 
 The above quotation alone is sufficient to conclusively 
 show that the Ten Lost Tribes are not with us today, nor 
 has anything taken place amongst us as a people, whereby a 
 comparison can he claimed for its fulfillment. 
 
 The records show that they will have prophets of their 
 own; that when the Lord shall call, they will begin their 
 journey; that the ice and the rocks will flow down at their 
 presence, and the great chain of hills and mountains will 
 tremble before them. Knowing this, how can one claim that 
 the coming of an Englishman or Dane to the Stakes of Zion 
 is a partial fulfillment of the above prophecy, even though 
 he should have a portion of the blood of Israel in his veins? 
 We are furttier informed that they are to bring a written 
 record with them: 
 
 "For behold, I shall speak unto the Jews, and they shall 
 write it; and I shall also speak unto the Nephites, and they 
 shall write it; and I shall also speak unto the other tribes of 
 the house of Israel, which I have led away, and they shall 
 write it; and I shall also speak unto all nations of the earth, 
 and they shall write it. 
 
 "And it shall come to pass that the Jews shall 'have the 
 words of the Nephites, and the Nephites shall have the words 
 of the Jews; and the Nephites and the Jews shall have the 
 words of the lost tribes of Israel; and the lost tribes of Israel 
 
 158 
 
 
shall have the words of the Nephites and the Jews. 
 
 "And it shall come to pass that my people, which are of 
 the house of Israel, shall be gathered home unto the lands of 
 their possessions; and my words also shall be gathered in 
 one. And I will shew unto them that fight against my word 
 and against my people, who are of the house of Israel, that 
 I am God, and that I covenanted with Abraham, that I would 
 remember his seed forever." II Nephi 29 :12-14. (Ill Nephi 
 21:20-29.) 
 
 Knowing that the Ten Tribes will have a record, when 
 they come, similar to that of the Bible, or the Book of Mor- 
 mon, we ask, have any of the converts who have come to 
 Zion brought a written record with them? The answer is, 
 they have not. 
 
 A book entitled "The Ten Tribes Discovered and Identi- 
 fied," by Stephen Malan, a member of the Church, is now 
 being sold in the Church Deseret News Book Store. In this 
 book, the previous quotation (D. C. 133:21-33) is found, 
 with the following comments : 
 
 "But how shall the rocks be smitten and the ice flow down 
 at their' coming? Leaving out all consideration of the super- 
 natural, we may say that the most reasonable explanation of 
 this phenomenon lies in the skillful engineering, the explo- 
 sive, the machinery, the manual labor expended in the con- 
 struction of our railroads over plains, mountain defiles, 
 across rivers and thru mountains. And no doubt, too, this 
 work in the rocks would affect the ice-bound regions of the 
 North. 
 
 "The sentence concerning the barren desert will be fulfilled 
 in the advances made in intelligence, education, industry and 
 the Lord's blessings upon His children; in fact, this has 
 already been fulfilled more or less completely. . . . The 
 phrase, 'the boundaries of the everlasting hills shall tremble 
 at their presence/ is a figurative expression. It is no other 
 event than this that the number of people shall be so great 
 who shall be discovered by the Gospel as to awe the adver- 
 saries upon the everlasting hills." 
 
 159 
 
Sufficient has been quoted to show the line of thought that 
 the above writer has undertaken to develop. The writer 
 regrets to say that many of our Elders are following the 
 same line of thought; but, if the Scriptures are to be taken 
 as our guide, how can a man claim the Priesthood of God, 
 and, at the same time, write or teach such doctrine? 
 
 Andrew Jensen, one of the speakers at the Eighty-third 
 Annual Conference (April, 1913), referred to the Ten 
 Tribes. His entire remarks on this subject were that the 
 Ten Tribes were among us today, with no reference or hint 
 of the fact that a portion of them were elsewhere. This ser- 
 mon was published and incorporated in the Conference 
 Report (page 80), by the authorities of the Church as Church 
 teachings, and has caused much comment and dissatisfaction 
 among those who love truth. 
 
 We now' continue to review other Scriptures on this ques- 
 tion. Jeremiah says: 
 
 "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that it shall no 
 more be said, The Lord liveth, that brought up the children 
 of Israel out of the Land of Egypt; but, The Lord liveth, 
 that brought up the children of Israel from the land of the 
 North, and from all the lands whither he had driven them; 
 and I will bring them again into their land that I gave unto 
 their fathers." 16:14-15. 
 
 In the Book of Mormon, we find the Lord making the 
 following statement at the time that He was about to leave 
 His disciples here in America: 
 
 "Verily, I say unto you, that I have other sheep, which are 
 not of this land; neither of the land of Jerusalem; neither 
 in any part of that land round about, whither I have been to 
 minister. . . . But I have received a commandment of 
 the Father, that I shall go unto them, and that they shall 
 hear my voice, and shall be numbered among my sheep, that 
 there may be one fold, and one shepherd, therefore, I go to 
 show myself unto them." Ill Nephi 16:1, 3. 
 
 "Now I go unto the Father, and also to shew myself unto 
 the lost tribes of Israel, for they are not lost unto the Father, 
 
 160 
 
for He knoweth whither He hath taken them." Ill Nephi 
 17:4. The late Apostle, Orson Pratt, says that these lost 
 tribes are the Ten Tribes. (See III Nephi 15:12-21. Foot- 
 note b.) We also have the following from him: 
 
 "Away in yonder North countries, where, I do not know, 
 but away in those regions are ten tribes of the house of 
 Israel. . . . Jeremiah tells us where they will go; he 
 tells us there is to be a place called Zion established before 
 these tribes come out of the North countries, and when they 
 come with a great company, the blind and the lame with 
 them, and the Lord God leads them with supplication and 
 with tears and 'prayers, bringing them forth from those 
 dreary, desolate, cold arctic regions; when that day shall 
 come, there shall be a Zion prepared to receive these ten 
 tribes, before they finally go back to Palestine." (Journal 
 of Discourses, Vol. 18, p. 22-23.) 
 
 Note that Orson Pratt says .they will visit Zion, which will 
 be built up in Missouri; not that they will go to the scattered 
 stakes of Zion, as some are teaching today. This is verified 
 by the Prophet Ether, for he says that a holy city shall be 
 built up in this country, and that Jerusalem of old shall also 
 be built up, and that it will be the land of inheritance for 
 Juda, and also for those who shall come from the land of 
 the North, who, Orson Pratt says (Footnote "n") are the 
 ten tribes. As follows: 
 
 "Wherefore the remnant of the house of Joseph shall be 
 built upon this land; and it shall be a land of their inher- 
 itance; and they shall build up a holy city unto the Lord, 
 like u'nto the Jerusalem of old, and they shall no more be 
 confounded, until the end come, when the earth shall pass 
 away. 
 
 "And then also cometh the Jerusalem of old; and the 
 inhabitants thereof, blessed are they, for they have been 
 washed in the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who 
 were scattered and gathered in from the four quarters of 
 the earth, 'and from the North countries/ and are partakers 
 of the fulfilling of the covenant which God made with their 
 
 161 
 
father Abraham." Ether 13:8, 11. (Jer. 31:7-9. Jer. 
 16:14-15.) 
 
 It is asked, "Where is this North country?" Inasmuch as 
 man has practically reached the North Pole, with no signs 
 of a people like the lost tribes living in the surrounding 
 vicinity, we admit that it is a question for a prophet to 
 answer. It is similar to the picture which faced the Israel- 
 ites when they stood between the Red Sea and the approach- 
 ing mighty army of Pharoah; for it took the eye of a prophet, 
 and the power of his words, to open the way of deliverance. 
 
 And so in this case, has the Lord provided a way. The 
 Prophet Joseph Smith gave us the key when he answered 
 the question, where are the Ten Lost Tribes located? He 
 called for pencil and paper and drew three circles tangent 
 to one another, and in a straight line, with their common 
 axis on the same angle as that of this earth; he said that 
 the center circle represented this earth, and that we would 
 learn of the bottom circle in the coming future. Then, 
 pointing to the top circle, he informed them that there was 
 the location of the Ten Lost Tribes, which, of course, repre- 
 sented a sphere like unto our earth. 
 
 The full details of this can be found in a book written by 
 Matthew W. Dalton, a student of astronomy and inventor 
 of the most comprehensive Planetarium (price $1.00, Deseret 
 News Book Store, Salt Lake City), and one who was per- 
 sonally acquainted with Philo Dibble of Springville, Utah 
 (C. H., Vol. 1, p. 431), who received the original drawing 
 and statement relating thereto, from Joseph Smith in 1842, 
 which was drawn and delivered in the office of the Prophet 
 and in the presence of six other prominent Latter Day Saints. 
 He, in turn, gave to the said Dalton, in May, 1884, a true 
 copy of the said drawing and statement, which was given in 
 the presence of certain witnesses, as noted in his book. 
 
 He has also published in the above book sworn statements 
 of others who have seen the original drawing. The author 
 discusses this question from many angles. He shows that it 
 was this planet that was on our North (which the writer of 
 
 162 
 
these lines believes has gone off on an orbit of its own and 
 will return in due time) that furnished a portion of the 
 water that flooded this earth in the days of Noah; he also 
 shows from a scientific research, that at an early age a body 
 of water came from the North, and that it afterward 
 returned. This is in harmony with the Scriptures, for Moses 
 tells us that it was the fountains of the great deep and the 
 windows of heaven that furnished the waters which flooded 
 this earth in the days of Noah (Gen. 7:11). And likewise, 
 when the waters left the earth, that "The fountains also of 
 the deep and the windows of heaven were stopped, and the 
 rain from heaven was restrained; And the waters returned 
 from off the earth continually; and after the end of the 
 hundred and fifty days the waters were abated." Gen. 8 :2-3. 
 
 The principle and power employed in driving this great 
 body of water "from off of the earth 5 ' was a wind.. Moses 
 says : "And God made a wind to pass over the earth, and the 
 waters assuaged. Gen. 8 :1. 
 
 What were these fountains of the deep and why the wind? 
 There appears to be but one answer, namely, they were the 
 connecting channels between this Northern and Southern 
 planet. The wind forcing itself against the waters until they 
 were driven back from whence they came. 
 
 The hiding of this Northern Planet, or its reunion, requires 
 a mighty miracle, but we are told to look for this. Jeremiah 
 tells us that this event will be so much greater than that of 
 . the Israelites crossing over on dry ground thru the Red Sea, 
 that when this latter event takes place, the people of Israel 
 will no* longer say that we worship the God "that brought up 
 the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; But the Lord 
 lieth, that brought up the children of Israel from the land 
 of the North." 16:14-15. 
 
 We are told by astronomers that there are double stars 
 to be seen in the heavens. (See Webster's International Dic- 
 tionary Double Stars, Binary Stars.) 
 
 Additional information as to the location of these ten 
 
 163 
 
tribes was given to Joseph Smith in a vision in the Kirtland 
 Temple, as follows: 
 
 "After this vision closed, the heavens were again opened 
 unto us, and Moses appeared before us, and committed unto 
 US the keys of the gathering of Israel from the four parts of 
 the earth, and the leading of the ten tribes from the land of 
 the North." D. C. 110:11. 
 
 Could the Lord tell us in plainer words that the Ten Tribes 
 are not on this earth; for surely the four parts of the earth 
 cover the whole? The Apostle, Orson Pratt, also gives us 
 the information that John the Revelator is to gather the 
 Ten Tribes. (D. C. Index John.) 
 
 Once, while the spirit of prophecy fell upon the Prophet 
 Joseph Smith, in a remarkable manner, he predicted that 
 John the Revelator was then laboring among the Ten Lost 
 Tribes. (C. H., Vol. 1, p. 176. See p. -- herein.) The 
 reader will bear in mind that the term "Keys" is often used 
 in modern revelations to express that knowledge was con- 
 veyed. (D. C. 128:21, KEY to John's revelations, D. C. 77, 
 Section, Compendium, p. 270, Gems Keys.) 
 
 Therefore, we gather that Joseph Smith was given the 
 authority to begin the gathering of Israel from the four 
 quarters, and a knowledge pertaining to the Ten Tribes and 
 their gathering; but that John was to prepare and gather 
 the Ten Tribes. It should also be borne in mind that John 
 has the mission of gathering all Israel. (See chapters V 
 and VI herein.) 
 
 By summing up all the evidence, briefly cited, and con- 
 sidering that the mountains are to be leveled, the great val- 
 leys and ocean basins to be raised, and the great bodies of 
 waters are to be driven back to the North Countries at the 
 coming of Christ (D. C. 133-17-33; Isa. 40:1-5), and the 
 islands to become one land, the reader will no doubt concur 
 that there remains but one solution, namely, that there must 
 be a union with a planet on our north to receive the waters of 
 this planet at the time that these great changes take place. 
 This northern planet has also, in the mean time, furnished 
 
 164 
 
the dwelling and hiding place for the Ten Lost Tribes. 
 
 Their location has been beautifully portrayed in song by 
 Sister Eliza Snow (wife of the Prophet Joseph Smith), also 
 the author of the famous Mormon hymn, "0 My Father." 
 We quote in part (Hymn 386, verse 5) : 
 
 "And when the Lord saw fit 
 
 The Ten Lost Tribes to hide away, 
 Thou, earth, was severed to provide 
 The Orb on which they stay." 
 
 Joseph Smith one referred to the return of the Ten Tribes 
 and the coming judgments, as follows: 
 
 "Pestilence, hail, famine and earthquakes will sweep the 
 wicked of this generation from off the face of the land, to 
 open and prepare the way for the return of the Lost Tribes 
 of Israel from the North country. The people of the Lord, 
 those who have complied with the requirements of the new 
 covenant, have already commenced gathering together to 
 Zion, which is in the State of Missouri; therefore, I declare 
 unto you the warning which the Lord has commanded me to 
 declare unto this generation, remembering that the eyes of 
 my Maker are upon me, and that to Him I am accountable 
 for every word I say, wishing nothing worse to my fellow- 
 men than their eternal salvation; therefore, 'Fear God, and 
 give Glory to Him, for the hour of His judgment is come/ 
 Repent ye, repent ye, and embrace the everlasting covenant, 
 and flee to Zion, before the overflowing scourge overtake 
 you, for there are those now living" (1833) "upon the earth 
 whose eyes shall not be closed in death until they see all of 
 these things which I have spoken fulfilled." C. H., Vol 1, p. 
 315-6. D. C. 112:24-26, D. C. 97:21-24.) Again we have: 
 
 "Verily this is the word of the Lord, that the city New 
 Jerusalem shall be built by the gathering of the saints, begin- 
 ning at this place, even the place of the temple, which temple 
 shall be reared in this generation. For verily, this genera- 
 tion shall not all pass away until an house shall be built unto 
 the Lord, and a cloud shall rest upon it, which cloud shall 
 
 165 
 
be even the glory of the Lord, which shall fill the house." 
 
 D. C. 84:4-5. (Revelation given in 1832.) 
 
 Eighty-five years have passed away, and but few of that 
 generation are left, and possibly five or ten years more will 
 place them all in their graves; therefore, we can readily see 
 where we stand. 
 
 Now, if Joseph Smith's statement and the above revela- 
 tions are to be our guide, then the writer wishes to ask the 
 question: Why are the Priests and the Prophets refraining 
 from expounding these facts pertaining to the Ten Tribes, 
 and doing all they can to make it appear that we have yet 
 many years to run before we need look for any changes? 
 
 As, for example, we will quote a statement from one of 
 our leading Patriarchs, who held a position in one of our 
 Holy Temples at the time he answered certain questions, as 
 to when the great Temple at Independence, Mo., and the 
 New Jerusalem are to be built. 
 
 "It is not necessary to build a temple in Jackson County. 
 We have six temples already built. The Lord commanded 
 us to build a temple, and see, the Latter Day Saints have 
 done more than the Lord commanded us to do; and about 
 the New Jerusalem, Oh, that will take at least another fifty 
 years." 
 
 On account of the many things yet to be fulfilled and the 
 shortness of the time that is left for the generation of 1832, 
 as well as for this dispensation, we therefore are looking for 
 the Lord to set His hand again the second time to gather all 
 Israel. 
 
 The Gentile nations are to fall; the Jews to gather back 
 to Palestine; the remnants of Joseph to be used as the Lord's 
 battle-ax against the wicked Gentiles (III Nephi 20:11-22), 
 and then they are to receive the Gospel, gather to Zion 
 (Independence, Mo.,) and build the New Jerusalem and the 
 great temple; they are to be assisted in the building up of 
 Zion by the believing Gentiles, as well as the Ten Lost 
 Tribes. (Ill Nephi 21:22-29.) The Jews also are to build 
 a temple, receive revelations (C. H., Vol. 5, p. 336. 1 
 
 166 
 
Nephi 13:42. Micah 4:1-2), and have two prophets raised 
 up unto them. (Rev. llth chapter. D. C. 77:15. Zech. 
 4:11-14.) John the Revelator, Elijah, the Three Nephites, 
 Moroni and Adam are to return and complete the building 
 up of God's Kingdom. 
 
 Some of the leading great nations are today modifying 
 their national laws in favor of the Jews. America and the 
 British allies are behind them, and will see to it that Jeru- 
 salem is returned to her lawful heirs in due time. 
 
 The Jews are now preparing to return to their own coun- 
 try as soon as this war will permit them, and they are begin- 
 ning to believe in Jesus the Christ, which is the given sign 
 that they will soon be gathered. (II Nephi 10 :6-8; 25 :13-18. 
 Isa. 11:10-13.) 
 
 He would have gathered Israel when He was on the earth, 
 but they would not (Math. 23 :37-39) ; and in this generation, 
 when Zion was established, He persuaded the Saints to 
 gather, but many failed to heed His call. (D. C. 105:1-10; 
 34:37; 101:1-16.) 
 
 The Lord, after reviewing our failures and the reasons 
 why he suffered Zion to fall, in 1833, continues: 
 
 "Zion shall not be moved out of her place, notwithstanding 
 her children are scattered. They that remain, and are pure 
 in heart, shall return, and come to their inheritances, they 
 and their children, with songs of everylasting joy, to build 
 up the waste places of Zion." D. C. 101:17-18. 
 
 From all records that we are able to find, there only 
 remains three or four living members of the Saints who 
 were driven out of Zion in 1833. Two of them have been 
 yisited by a personal friend of the writer, their present age 
 bein/? about eighty-five and ninety-one. Their attention was 
 called to the above quoted revelation, and it brought joy to 
 their feeble minds. 
 
 From all that has been said, the reader can see that the 
 redemption of Zion is near at hand, and that it is to be the 
 grandest display of power that the Lord has ever wrought 
 among men since the beginning of this world's history. 
 
 167 
 
In reviewing the records relating to God's dealings with 
 the gathering of wicked Israel to their promised land in 
 former years, we read how He held them in the wilderness 
 for forty years until there were only two (Joshua and 
 Caleb) that came out of Egypt left to enter Canaan. Who 
 knows but what another year may complete for the Latter 
 Day Saints the time of waiting for the redemption of Zion, 
 and that only two or three of those who were driven out in 
 1833, will be left to return? 
 
 The Latter Day Saints have now waited seventy-one years 
 in their homes among the mountains for Zion's redemption. 
 But let it be as it may, one or five years more, the ques- 
 tion resolves itself into this, Are we preparing ourselves to 
 take part in this great gathering of God's people wherein 
 Juda, the Ten Lost Tribes, Joseph and the honest in heart of 
 the Gentiles are to be gathered to Palestine and Zion of 
 America, which work of gathering will be in the hands of 
 the mighty prophets whom the Lord is to send, whose coming 
 is nigh at hand? 
 
 Think not that we can evade the coming wars and plagues 
 unless we gather unto the above places of refuge; for we 
 have been warned by many prophets of old of the coming 
 days of tribulation, and last of all, God has repeated this 
 warning through his chosen prophet, Joseph Smith, as 
 follows : 
 
 "Take away the Book of Mormon and the Revelations, 
 and where is our religion? We have none; for without Zion 
 and a place of deliverance, we must fall; because the time 
 is near when the sun will be darkened, and the moon turn to 
 blood, and the stars fall from heaven, and the earth reel 
 to and fro. 
 
 "Then, if this is the case, and if we are not sanctified and 
 gathered to the places God has appointed, with all our former 
 professions and our great love for the Bible, we must fall; 
 we cannot stand; we cannot be saved; for God will gather 
 out His Saints from the Gentiles; and then comes desolation 
 and destruction, and none can escape except the pure in 
 
 168 
 
heart who are gathered." C. H., Vol. 2, p. 52. (D. C. 
 
 45:62-75.) 
 
 According to prophecy, the time has arrived for a shifting 
 of the gospel in the House of Israel, inasmuch as the "Full- 
 ness of the Gentiles" has set in, which gives us a period of 
 eighty-seven years or better for the Gentiles. 
 
 We learn from the Prophet Joseph Smith and Nephi that 
 it has been among the Ten Lost Tribes for the same period 
 of time. As for Juda, we gather from the records that it will 
 go unto her at the coming of the Lord's future prophets. 
 
 Last of all, it will go to Joseph, the Remnant of Jacob. 
 (D. C. 90:8-10.) But first it appears that they are to be 
 used as a tool In bringing judgment home to the Gentiles 
 before they accept the gospel, as a whole, and gather to Zion. 
 
 This judgment is outlined in the following division. 
 
 THE REMNANT OF JACOB 
 
 The fall of all nations and the setting up of the King- 
 dom of God, as foretold by many prophets, has been out- 
 lined in a previous division. This calamity is now facing 
 the nations of the world. It, therefore, not only behooves 
 us to consider the coming of this Kingdom, but the status 
 of our future security from a prophecy standpoint. 
 
 We, as Americans, are anchoring our hopes of safety on 
 our naval and military forces. We also feel ready to strain 
 every fiber of our bodies in supporting and maintaining 
 these two branches for the preservation of our unity and 
 national honor; and we feel, that when this universal unrest 
 of nations is all over, Old Glory will be, as ever, vic- 
 torious' in defending our homes and rights abroad. 
 
 We must not forget, however, our great and final national 
 test will be, have we accepted the Gospel of Christ, and are 
 we living the principles contained therein? 
 
 We must also consider the appalling destruction, which 
 was the result of wickedness, of the Jaredites, who came 
 from the tower of Babel to America, and of the Nephites, 
 
 169 
 
who came from Jerusalem B. C. 600; for the Lord thru the 
 Prophet Ether has said: 
 
 "And he has sworn in his wrath unto the brother of 
 Jared, that whoso should possess this land of promise, from 
 that time hence forth and forever, should serve him, . . . 
 For behold, this is a land which is choice above all other 
 lands; wherefore he that doth possess it shall serve God, or 
 shall be swept off; for it is the everlasting decree of God. 
 
 "And it is not until the fullness of iniquity among the 
 children of the land, that they are swept off. And this 
 cometh unto you, O ye Gentiles, that ye may know the 
 decrees of God, that ye may repent, and not continue in your 
 iniquities until the fullness comes, that ye may not bring 
 down the fullness of the* wrath of God upon you, as the 
 inhabitants of the land hath hitherto done." (Ether 2:8-11; 
 II Nephi 27:1-3.) 
 
 The call of His restored Gospel, dating back to Joseph 
 Smith, has reached many millions of the people here in 
 America and in Europe. Many have accepted the same and 
 have gathered to the stakes of Zion in America, and today 
 they are enjoying peace, while the greater portion of those 
 who rejected it are waging war against their neighbors and 
 are reaping the results; but let us not think that because 
 this great nation of ours is today enjoying peace within, 
 that she likewise will be in the future, for this same judg- 
 ment is inevitable, unless we, as a whole, turn from our 
 wickedness and prepare ourselves for the Kingdom of God. 
 
 As God has set the bounds of nations, let us briefly con- 
 sider what He has said about America. 
 
 Thru prophecy we learn that He has given the land of 
 Palestine to the tribes of Israel, likewise we are told in the 
 Book of Mormon that He has given this land of America to 
 a Remnant of Jacob, the descendants of Joseph, known as 
 the American Indian. That portion of the Gentiles who will 
 accept His restored Gospel, are to be numbered with Joseph. 
 Nephi informs us: 
 
 "Wherefore the Gentiles shall be blessed and numbered 
 
 170 
 
among the House of Israel. Wherefore, I will consecrate 
 this land unto thy seed, and they who shall be numbered 
 among thy seed forever, for the land of their inheritance; 
 
 for it is a choice land, saith God unto me, above all other 
 lands, wherefore I will have all men that dwell thereon, that 
 they shall worship me, saith God." II Nephi 10:18-19. 
 (D. C. 52:2; III Nephi 21:14, 22-24, with footnotes 2k and 
 2L; I Nephi 14:1-7.) 
 
 The giving of this land to the Remnants of Jacob is in 
 fulfillment of the blessing that Jacob bestowed upon his son 
 Joseph : 
 
 "Joseph is a fruitful bough, even a fruitful bough by a 
 well whose branches run over the wall: The blessings of 
 thy father have prevailed above the blessings of my pro- 
 genitors unto the utmost bound of the everlasting hills; they 
 shall be on the head of Joseph, and on the crown of the head 
 of him that was separate from his brethren." Gen. 49 :22, 26. 
 
 This blessing began to be fulfilled when the prophet Lehi 
 and his family, who were of the tribe of Joseph (I Nephi 
 5:1-16), were led by the hand of the Lord from Jerusalem 
 to America in B. C. 600. Their complete history is given 
 in the Book of Mormon. Thus have they branched over the 
 wall (the known limit of the ocean) and inhabited the ever- 
 lasting hills, the Rocky and Andes mountains, which extend 
 from pole to pole. (I Nephi, 18th chapter.) 
 
 These people brought the law of Moses with them, and 
 they kept a record of their religious affairs. This record, 
 the Book of Mormon, shows that after the Lord ascended 
 from the Eastern continent He descended to America, and 
 gave the descendants of Joseph the same Gospel He had 
 given to the Jews at Palestine. 
 
 Their record clearly indicates that there existed two 
 branches of these people, the Nephites and Lamanites; the 
 latter being more inclined to wickedness and previously 
 cursed for their unrighteousness. (II Nephi 5:1-24.) How- 
 ever, their brethren, the Nephites, had accepted the gospel, 
 as delivered unto them, and had lived the principles for some 
 
 171 
 
200 years, but in consequence of wealth, drifted into wicked- 
 ness during the following 200 years. As a sequence, the 
 Lord sent a war as a judgment against them; and those 
 who had once been righteous were destroyed, while those 
 who were victorious were further cursed with a darker skin. 
 (Mormon 5:15-17.) The latter were the forefathers of the 
 American Indian. 
 
 Their last prophet, Moroni, the son of Mormon, a Nephite, 
 buried their record, and, on September 21st, 1823, came to 
 the boy Joseph Smith and revealed its hiding place. This 
 record is also called the Stick of Ephraim (Ezek. 37:15-19) ; 
 from it we learn that various families living on this conti- 
 nent built ships and set out to sea never to return. (Alma 
 63:4-8.) 
 
 We as a people have made various researches and have 
 found ample evidence to convince ourselves that the natives 
 of New Zealand, Japan, the Hawaiian and Samoan Island 
 group have descended from the same stock as the American 
 Indian (north and south), time and conditions having 
 wrought on them various changes. The Mexicans are 
 descendants from the same people, but have mixed with the 
 Spanish blood in latter years. These various nations are of 
 Joseph, thru Ephraim, and they are known as the Remnant 
 of Jacob and will be referred to as such in this chapter. 
 
 From references previously quoted, we learn that this 
 country has been given to these people, namely, the Rem- 
 nants of Jacob, but on account of their wickedness the Lord 
 has permitted the Gentiles to come over and drive them from 
 pillar to post. (I Nephi 13:10-16, 30-31.) But He has 
 given them a sign, as stated in their record, that when they 
 see the record of their forefathers coming forth, in the 
 latter days, unto the Gentiles, they may know that He has 
 begun to fulfil His covenant with Israel. (Ill Nephi 21 :l-7.) 
 
 The record continues by saying, that after this has taken 
 place, it shall come to pass that He will send a prophet unto 
 them, known as the Marred Servant, who the writer has 
 previously shown will evidently be Johirthe Revelator. This 
 
 172 
 
prophet is to bring forth the Lord's great and marvelous 
 works (verses 8-10) and if the Gentiles refuse to accept him 
 and his records, he will cut that portion of them off from 
 among His people, and will permit the Remnants of Jacob 
 to go thru them. Quoted in part (also see quotation, pages 
 118-19, Marred Servant) : 
 
 "Therefore it shall come to pass that whosoever will not 
 believe in my words, who am Jesus Christ, whom the Father 
 shall cause him to bring forth unto the Gentiles, and shall 
 give unto him power that he shall bring them forth unto 
 the Gentiles (it shall be done even as Moses said), they 
 shall be cut off from among my people who are of the 
 covenant. 
 
 "And my people, who are a Remnant of Jacob, shall be 
 among the Gentiles, yea, in the midst of them, as a. lion 
 among the beasts of the forest, as a young lion among the 
 flocks of sheep, who, if he go through, both treadeth down 
 and teareth in pieces, and none can deliver. 
 
 "Their hand shall be lifted up upon their adversaries, and 
 all their enemies shall be cut off. Yea, woe be unto the Gen- 
 tiles, except they repent, for it shall come to pass in that 
 day, saith the Father, that I will cut off thy horses out of the 
 midst of thee, and I will destroy thy chariots; And I will cut 
 off the cities of thy land, and throw down all thy strong- 
 holds." Ill Nephi 21 :11-15. 
 
 This same thought is verified by a second statement of 
 the Lord to the Remnants of Jacob of this country, as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 "And the Father hath commanded me that I should give 
 unto you this land, for your inheritance. And I say unto 
 you, 'that if the Gentiles do not repent, after the blessings 
 which they shall receive, after they have scattered my people, 
 Then shall ye, who are a remnant of the House of Jacob, go 
 forth among them; . . . who, if .he goeth through, both 
 treadeth down and teareth in pieces and none can deliver." 
 (Ill Nephi 20 :14-16. Note the remainder of chapter.) 
 
 The Prophet Mormon, in referring to the Remnants of 
 
 173 
 
Jacob and the Gentiles of America, says that thru wicked- 
 ness their people would be cursed with a dark color of skin 
 and would Jbecome filthy and would be scattered by the 
 Gentiles, but that in the last days they would be gathered, 
 and that their record (the Book of Mormon) would be 
 restored unto them thru the Gentiles, which would assist 
 them and the Jews to believe that Jesus is the Christ. (Mor- 
 mon 5:14-20.) He continues: 
 
 "Then, O ye Gentiles, how can ye stand before the power 
 of God, except ye shall repent and turn from your evil ways ! 
 Know ye not that ye are in the hands of God? Know ye 
 not that He hath all power, and at His great command the 
 earth shall be rolled together as a scroll? Therefore, repent 
 ye, and humble yourselves before Him, lest He shall come 
 out in justice against you; lest a remnant of the seed of 
 Jacob shall go forth among you as a lion, and tear you in 
 pieces, and there is none to deliver." Mor. 5:22-24. (Gen. 
 10:25;D. C. 133:22-24.) 
 
 Now with this thought established, let us see if the Lord 
 has actually foretold the final results. There was a revela- 
 tion given in 1832 (D. C. 87 Sec.) that foretold in detail our 
 civil war, as well as the present great war. Its continuation 
 is as follows: 
 
 "And it shall come to pass, after many days, slaves shall 
 rise up against .their masters, who shall be marshaled and 
 disciplined for war: And it shall come to pass also, that the 
 remnants who are left of the land will marshal themselves, 
 and shall become exceeding angry, and shall vex the Gentiles 
 with a sore vexation; And thus with the sword, and by blood- 
 shed, the inhabitants of the earth shall mourn; and with 
 famine, and plague, and earthquakes, and the thunder of 
 heaven, and the fierce and vivid lightning also, shall the 
 inhabitants of the earth be made to feel the wrath, the indig- 
 nation and chastening hand of an Almighty God, until the 
 consumption decreed, hath made a full end of all nations/' 
 D. C. 87:4-6; 63:32-37; 5:17-20; 84:114-120; II Nephi 
 27:1-3.) 
 
 174 
 
The late Apostle Orson Pratt, in Footnote 
 "Slaves," in the above fourth verse, says that it was ful- 
 filled in part in the civil war (1861). The 5th and 6th 
 verses foretell the actual conditions that will come to pass 
 between the Remnants of Jacob and the Gentiles. Orson 
 Pratt says, in Footnote "d" that they will be the "remnants 
 of Joseph," therefore, this revelation verifies the fact that 
 the result of this prophecy has actually been foreseen and 
 is inevitable. 
 
 We are further told in 45th section that the Gentiles 
 would reject this restored Gospel, thus closing the only gate 
 of escape. From the 17th to the 24th verses the Lord out- 
 lines the judgments which would be sent against the Jews 
 for rejecting the Gospel, showing how they would be scat- 
 tered. He continues as follows : 
 
 "But they shall be gathered again, but they shall remain 
 until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. And in that day 
 shall be heard of wars and rumors of wars, and the whole 
 earth shall be in commotion, and men's hearts shall fail 
 them, and they shall say that Christ delayeth His coming 
 until the end of the earth; and the love of men shall wax 
 cold, and iniquity shall abound; 
 
 "And When the times of the Gentiles is come in, a light 
 shall break forth among them that sit in darkness, and it 
 shall be the fullness of my Gospel; But they receive it not, 
 for they perceive not the light and they turn their hearts 
 from me because of the precepts of men; And in that gen- 
 eration" (1830) "shall the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled; 
 
 "And there shall be men standing in that generation, that 
 shall not pass, until they shall see an overflowing scourge, 
 for a desolating sickness shall cover the land; But my dis- 
 ciples shall stand in holy places, and shall not be moved; but 
 among the wicked, men shall lift up their voices, and curse 
 God and die. And there shall be earthquakes also in divers 
 places, and many desolations; yet men will harden their 
 hearts against me, and they will take up the sword, one 
 
 175 
 
against another, and they will kill one another." (D. C. 
 45:25-33. 
 
 The term, the "coming in of the times of the Gentiles," 
 was fulfilled in 1830, at the coming forth of the Prophet 
 Joseph Smith and the Book of Mormon; and the term, "The 
 Fullness of the Gentiles," or, "until the times of the Gen- 
 tiles be fulfilled," refers to the present time; this great war 
 was given as the signal for the beginning of the same. 
 
 In this same revelation (Verses 62-75), we are told of the 
 center stake that is to be built up in Independence, Mo., 
 called Mount Zion, or the New Jerusalem, that it would soon 
 become our only refuge for safety. This city is to be the 
 capital of the Western Kingdom during the Millennium. We 
 are also told that it will be built within the generation of 
 1832, so it evidently will be completed before 1932. (D. C. 
 84:2-5; Ether 13:1-12; III Nephi 21:22-29; D. C. 101: 
 1-19.) 
 
 It has been stated that one of our late apostles was blessed 
 by the second comforter, which is a visitation of the Lord; 
 and the apostle was informed upon his inquiry as to the time 
 of the Remnants of Joseph receiving the restored Gospel, 
 that this would not take place until after they had accom- 
 plished the redemption of the land of their inheritance. (C. 
 H. Vol. 3, p. 380.) 
 
 This is in harmony with the revelation as found in D. C. 
 90: 7-11: There we are told that the Gospel will first go to 
 the Gentiles, then to the Jews, and then to the House of 
 Joseph. If we ask ourselves, have the Gentile nations ac- 
 cepted the Gospel as restored through the Prophet Joseph 
 Smith, and then review the history of the Church of Jesus 
 Christ of L. D. S. for the last 87 years, we shall see how they 
 have rejected it; and this is only half of the story; for they 
 have persecuted and driven the Saints from place to place 
 and from some of the leading nations, among them being 
 Germany. 
 
 They have made it their pride to circulate false statements 
 of every description concerning our people; their ministers 
 
 176 
 
have stood in their pulpits and waged persecution against 
 us, and have declared that "if it was in their power, they 
 would not permit the Mormons to have one foot of God's 
 green earth to dwell on." 
 
 Their ministers have converted many of their members 
 to the belief that it is a righteous act to shut their doors in 
 the faces of the so-called Mormon Elders. But we need 
 not go on to further prove these assertions, for the people 
 of the world know them to be true. 
 
 Therefore, from a prophetic standpoint, as taken from 
 these previously quoted in this book, we can see that the 
 arm of justice will soon fall upon the Gentiles; and when 
 that day comes, ye Gentiles who have laughed to scorn 
 at the Gospel of Jesus Christ, so-called Mormonism, be it 
 known unto you, that the arm of the Lord will be against 
 you if you continue to reject His restored Gospel, and it 
 will be with the Remnants of Jacob, and as judgment sent 
 against you from the Lord, they will be able to accomplish 
 that which He has decreed, and none will be able to deliver 
 you. (Ill Nephi 21:7-21; 20:14-22; Mormon 5:15-24; 
 D. C. 87:5-8.) 
 
 It is not necessary for the writer to point out the signs 
 of the times which indicate the near approach of these 
 judgments. 
 
 As this present great war is to humble the nations and 
 prepare the land of Palestine for the gathering of Juda, so 
 likewise in the near future, will the land of Joseph's inheri- 
 tance be prepared for their gathering; then will the arm 
 of the Lord be revealed in mighty power to convince them 
 of His restored Gospel, and they, with the believing Gentiles, 
 will build up the New Jerusalem and her many stakes, unto 
 whicn the Ten Lost Tribes will come and pay homage before 
 they finally go back to Palestine. (D. C. 133:16-34; 90: 
 9-11.) 
 
 As a closing thought to those who are not informed on the 
 prophecies of the Book of Mormon, the writer wishes to 
 point out that the dark skin as borne by the Remnants of 
 
 177 
 
Jacob as a curse for rejecting the Gospel in former years, is 
 to be taken away and their former beauty of whiteness to 
 be restored at the time that they accept the restored Gospel 
 and gather to Zion. (Mormon 5: 14-22; II Nephi 30: 2-10.) 
 
 Therefore, it is high time for the proud, disbelieving Gen- 
 tiles to wake up and realize that these people are of Israel, 
 and this land has been given to them, and the Gentiles who 
 accept the restored Gospel, as their inheritance. 
 
 Consequently, it behooves the Gentile who desires a land 
 of liberty and safety, as well as blessings from above, to 
 accept this Gospel and cease to wage a war of prejudice 
 against these two classes of people ; for the set time to favor 
 them is nigh at hand, and the hour of judgment against the 
 unbelieving Gentiles for their wickedness and refusal to 
 accept His Gospel is at their door. 
 
 The actual length of time from the setting up of the King- 
 dom of God in its fullness, to the coming of Christ, will evi- 
 dently be no longer than the time required to complete the 
 final gathering of Israel and the fall of all nations. Then 
 cometh the Christ with the resurrected Saints of all ages, 
 to enjoy the great millennial reign of one thousand years, 
 when the curses of earth will be lifted and superseded by 
 blessings. 
 
 It will be this reign of peace and righteousness that will 
 prepare the Saints for their final degree of glory which will 
 be given them at the end of earth's temporal existence of 
 7000 years, better known as the end of the earth. (D. C. 
 77:6-7, Rev. 20th and 22nd Chapters, inc.) 
 
 APPEAL 
 
 In the appeal and concluding remarks to the thinking in- 
 dividual, the question is asked: Are you prepared to meet 
 your Lord and Redeemer, who is coming in flaming fire? If 
 you are not, then it would appear that you should be interest- 
 ed in the coming of the Lord's future prophets. 
 
 With the sign of the near approaching end, and the plagues 
 of war and famine that surround ^ the world taking the lives 
 
 178 
 
of millions, with greater calamities yet to follow, and know- 
 ing that all nations are to fall and that the Kingdom of God 
 is to be set up in its fullness, does it not behoove us all to 
 learn the Lord's will and plans, as well as to cleanse our- 
 selves from sin? 
 
 If the reader be a Gentile or Jew and cannot see or be- 
 lieve that the Lord has indeed re-established His Church and 
 Priesthood thru the Prophet Joseph Smith, which indeed 
 is the beginning of this kingdom, he can at least be honest 
 and make a covenant with himself that he will accept these 
 future prophets when they come, and then become a part 
 of this kingdom when it is set up in its fullness with David 
 as its King and the Lord's mighty prophets as his guiding 
 counselors. 
 
 It was men claiming the Priesthood of Jesus Christ who 
 put their Redeemer to death in ages past; and, today, it is 
 a portion of the Shepherds of Israel who are striving against 
 His plans. 
 
 One would think that every Latter Day Saint would be 
 interested in the coming of these future prophets and events; 
 but we regret to say that a good portion of our. Priesthood 
 and Saints is not looking for, or taking any interest in, 
 them. 
 
 We have been taught that all authority has been given 
 % unto us; therefore, no need of these future prophets; but, 
 when attention is called to that portion of the Word of God 
 that testifies to the mission of these future prophets, many 
 try to justify themselves by saying that "these subjects are 
 out of season, and are not for us to discuss." Others say 
 that "if they should come that they would have to labor un- 
 der the direction of the presiding authorities/' 
 
 If we accept the counsel given in the first statement, 
 truth, which the Saints should know concerning future events 
 that are at our door, would be held back; and by accepting 
 the second, we would be trying to limit the power of God by 
 forcing Him to complete these great and marvelous works 
 thru and under our jurisdiction. But the day will soon come 
 
 179 
 
when we all shall learn the great lesson that He is able 
 to raise up or send other prophets, who will hold direct 
 authority from Him, to labor and perform His works as He 
 did in former days when He called Paul. (See pages 102-5.) 
 
 Those who refuse to accept these future prophets, who 
 have been reserved for the final gathering of Israel, will 
 be cast out with the hypocrites and unbelievers. (D. C. 85: 
 6-9; 101:90.) 
 
 Sufficient has been given to show that freedom is no longer 
 enjoyed among the members of our Priesthood, and that 
 we are not permitted to speak on these subjects at issue un- 
 less we take up the negative side. There are many things 
 daily transpiring in the Church that are causing an unrest 
 among many of her worthy members. They are realizing 
 that their tithings are being hoarded up in great sums and 
 being invested in stocks foreign to Church affairs. For 
 instance, the Utah Hotel, which until recently contained a 
 bar. To hear some of the leading brethren refer to this 
 hotel as a similitude of the Nauvoo House, which the Lord 
 commanded the Saints to build in the early days of the 
 Church, bu^t never built, is, within itself, enough to cause 
 one to blush. (D. C. 124:22-24, 56-57, 111-122; Isa. 28:12- 
 13; D. C. 128:21-22.) 
 
 We speak the truth when we declare that the tithing funds 
 have been given to build up churches, to spread the Gospel,, 
 for the support of the Priesthood, and not for business en- 
 terprises. 
 
 It is also to be regretted that our Church President is 
 connecting himself with almost every kind of business, as 
 well as some of the leading brethren, who spend much of 
 their official time in looking after these investments and 
 living from the revenues therefrom; but, at the same time, 
 withholding needed financial aid of the tithing funds from 
 the Seventies and Elders and their families while on their 
 mission, to which the Lord has said they are entitled. 
 
 The reason for withholding this aid is expressed in the 
 following quotation : "They have not pressed their claims." 
 
 180 
 
This reminds us of certain shepherds, as referred to in 
 prophecy, who will be living when David sets up the king- 
 dom in its fullness, who will be clothing themselves with 
 wool, but feed not the flock. (Ezekiel 34th Chap.) Joseph 
 Smith said: 
 
 "The Twelve and the Seventies are particularly to depend 
 upon their ministry for their support and that of their 
 families, and they have a right, by virtue of their offices, to 
 call upon the Churches to assist them." (C. H. Vol. 2, p. 
 221.) 
 
 This provision for the support of the ministers of the Gos- 
 pel was made by the Prophet before the law of tithing was 
 revealed. And when the law of tithing was given, the Lord 
 established the following: 
 
 "For the building of mine house and for the laying of 
 the foundation of Zion and for the Priesthood, and for the 
 debts of the Presidency of My Church." (D. C. 119:2.) 
 
 The language of the above law, which pertains to this 
 question, clearly indicates that it is not the will of the Lord 
 that the laborer of the vineyard should have to strain him- 
 self and family, financially, while on his mission and some- 
 times are forced to return for want of private funds to com- 
 plete his worthy labors. We should all appreciate that the 
 laborer is worthy of his hire. 
 
 By reviewing all that has been said, it will be readily un- 
 derstood why so many of the Saints have become restless 
 for the want of these greater things, and why the increasing 
 desire of the Elders for speaking on these subjects exists; 
 yet they^are afraid that if they do they will be cut off from 
 the Church or be ostracized by their leaders; which treat- 
 ment has been applied to scores of humble Elders and Saints 
 in the past few years, as well as at the present time. 
 
 The result of the writer's previous book ("The Return of 
 John the Revelator"), has filled his file with many letters 
 from members of the Priesthood and Saints, expressing their 
 appreciation for the thoughts that were conveyed in it. 
 The last one received from one of the brethren tells the 
 
 181 
 
story that he has been notified by the authorities that, un- 
 less he discontinues his association with those Saints who 
 believe in these prophecies, they would cut him off from the 
 Church; which speaks for itself as to the present status of 
 conditions. 
 
 The Lord, in looking down thru time, saw our day and 
 condition, and saw fit to call that portion of us who possess 
 this unrighteous spirit, via, the closing of their eyes to the 
 truth, "The Drunkards of Ephraim." Drunk, not with wine, 
 but rather with self -ambition and authority; drunk because 
 they will not see the plain teachings of the Lord, and con- 
 sequently, are working against His plans. (Isa. 28:1-22; 
 D. C. 85:6-12.) 
 
 Oh Shepherds of Israel, how can you contend against the 
 coming of these mighty servants? Can you not see the re- 
 sults of your decisions, and what is your purpose and gain 
 in prohibiting the Elders of Israel to inform the Saints of 
 the full authority and mission of these future prophecies? 
 
 You have openly declared that there is to be no Mighty 
 and Strong Servant to come, that Elijah has finished his 
 mission, and that John is not to come and labor amongst us 
 in the flesh, that if he does come he will be only as a min- 
 istering angel. But do you realize that you have failed to 
 produce one thread of evidence to prove your statements? 
 
 These future leaders will be a blessing to the Saints; and 
 the man who will refuse to be governed by these prophets is 
 a man who loves the honor of men and aspires to the glory 
 of the world; such a servant the Lord will cut off in due time. 
 
 Saints of Israel, how long will you suffer these certain 
 prophecies, that contain food and are as a pillar of light to 
 the soul, to remain under cover? The very fact that they 
 are recorded in plain language, is sufficient proof that they 
 should be read and understood. And how much longer do 
 you propose to dwell on the first principles of the Gospel? 
 
 If you have obeyed them, then why not go on unto per- 
 fection by adding knowledge to your faith, which is in ac- 
 cordance with the instructions of Paul and Joseph Smith? 
 
 182 
 
Post yourselves on these questions and cease to repeat that 
 statement which is deceiving you, namely, "That the time 
 has not come for these things," for they are at your door. 
 
 Oh! Priests and Prophets of Israel! 
 
 Whom God has called to lead the way, 
 Reconsider thy past decisions, 
 
 On these great questions of the day. 
 
 "For it shall come to pass that the inhabitants of Zion 
 shall judge all things pertaining to Zion; And liars and hypo- 
 crites shall be proved by them, and they who are not apostles 
 and prophets shall be known. And even the bishop, who is 
 a judge, and his counselors, if they are not faithful in their 
 stewardships, shall be condemned and others shall be planted 
 in their stead." D. C. 64:38-40. 
 
 The time has come for tis all to examine ourselves and 
 make sure that we are living the Gospel, as well as conduct- 
 ing the affairs of this Church in an acceptable manner, for 
 we stand in that period of time known as the "Fullness of 
 the Gentiles." 
 
 Oh Saints of Israel, what are you going to do with this 
 doctrine? Are you going to believe the Book of Mormon 
 and the Doctrine and Covenants, thus placing yourselves in 
 a position to receive the sealed parts of the Book of Mormon, 
 as well as the Fullness of John's record, or will you prefer 
 to accept only a portion of them and substitute the opinions 
 of men for the remainder and refuse to step out on the side 
 of truth and demand the facts concerning this controversy 
 that has spread throughout the Stakes of Zion? (II Nephi 
 28:21, 4-25.) We trust that you will righteously weigh 
 these facts in your minds, and see for yourselves where 
 security can be found. 
 
 The mission of John, as well as of Elijah, will be glorious, 
 and their presence will be a source of great comfort, for 
 each will hold and exercise mighty power. 
 
 As to John, he has labored with the Lord Jesus Christ, and 
 
 183 
 
has gathered up knowledge for the last 1900 years, and his 
 body and mind have been sanctified; therefore, Satan cannot 
 tempt him (IIINephi 28: 39-40), and the powers of the earth 
 cannot hold him; he has labored on that Northern sphere 
 with the Ten Lost Tribes, and is preparing them for their 
 return. 
 
 He no doubt will be the Marred Servant who is to ac- 
 complish the great and marvelous work of the Latter Days. 
 He is, through his mother's lineage, a first cousin to the Lord. 
 He is the one who was caught up in the spirit while on the 
 Isle of Patmos and saw one of the greatest visions ever given 
 unto man. The lesser things that he saw are recorded in 
 the Book of Revelation, and the greater things are to come 
 forth when Zion is redeemed. 
 
 He was also blessed with that marvelous manifestation 
 while on the mountain, wherein He saw the Lord transfigured 
 in glory, and heard the Voice of the Father; unto him has 
 fallen the lot to curse the waters in the latter days, and we 
 are told that the day will come when the wicked will not 
 be able to cross over to Zion. (D. C. 61 : 14-16.) 
 
 He, with Peter and James, holds the Keys of the Kingdom 
 and of this dispensation. He is that Elias and forerunner 
 of the Lord's second coming, as well as the Root of Jesse, 
 who is to gather out the righteous from among the Twelve 
 Tribes and Gentiles. Isaiah says that his rest will be glori- 
 ous. (Isa. 11: 10-12.) 
 
 He is one of the Twelve Apostles who shall stand at the 
 right hand of Christ at His coming in glory, and will be 
 clothed with a robe of righteousness and wear a crown of 
 glory upon his head and, with the rest of the Twelve, will 
 judge the whole House of Israel. (D. C. 29: 10-13; I Nephi 
 12:9.) 
 
 Last of all, he has never seen death; therefore, he is the 
 senior member in our present Priesthood, consequently, he 
 is the one "unto whom rightly belongs the Priesthood." (D. 
 C. 113:5-6; D. C. 7:1-8.) 
 
 184 
 
Does it not appear that, inasmuch as our shepherds are 
 unable to commune with the Lord, they should at least per- 
 mit others to speak and write concerning the coming of 
 mighty prophets who will be in possession of these powers 
 and blessings? 
 
 It is known from the testimony as borne by our President 
 that the Heavens have been closed to him, which is enough 
 to cause us all to examine our works, as well as to ask our- 
 selves the reason why this condition exists. We quote that 
 portion of his words that pertain to this question, as given 
 before the United States Senate, at the time of the investi- 
 gation of Senator Smooths right to a seat in the Senate: 
 
 "The Chairman: 'You have revelations, have you not?' 
 Mr. Smith: 'I have never pretended to, nor do I profess to 
 have received revelations. I never said I had revelations, 
 except so far as God has shown to me that so-called Mor- 
 monism is God's divine truth. That is all.' 
 
 "The Chairman: 'You say that was shown to you by 
 God?' Mr. Smith: 'By inspiration.' " Page 99, Proceedings 
 in the Smoot Case, 59th Congress, Senate Document No. 
 486. On file in Salt Lake City Library.) 
 
 It is this unbroken silence from Heaven that is causing 
 man/ Elders and Saints to look forward to the coming of 
 these future prophets, who will bring us eternal words from 
 the Father. 
 
 In conclusion, we wish to say O Lord, hasten the day of 
 the coming of John and his co-laborers to prepare the hearts 
 of the Saints that they may be ready for thy coming; and 
 may they have the power, the convincing power, to prove 
 their mission to all and be able to unite thy people with one 
 mind; and may they, and the One Hundred and Forty-four 
 Thousand not cease striving until they have found all the 
 honest in heart and gathered them to Zion and Jerusalem, 
 and restore unto them that Gospel Spirit of Love for one 
 another that we may be able to strike hands and live in 
 harmony and peace, and be taught the principles of right- 
 eousness, and finally be prepared to enter into the great 
 
 185 
 
millennial reign, with Jesus the Christ, King of Kings and 
 Lord of Lords. 
 
 FRANCIS M. DARTER, 
 
 830 Olive Avenue, 
 
 Long Beach, Calif. 
 
 Published Nov. 1st, 1917 
 
INDEX 
 
 CHAPTER I 
 
 The Status of the Gospel of Jesus Christ with Israel 
 
 and Gentiles in Former and Latter Days 7 
 
 The Outward Signs, Among the Believing Latter Day 
 
 Gentiles, of Sinning Against the Gospel 22 
 
 CHAPTER II 
 The One Mighty and Strong 29 
 
 CHAPTER III 
 The Drunkards of Ephraim 50 
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 The "Branch" a Future Prophet 76 
 
 CHAPTER V 
 
 The Future Elias John, the Apostle and Revelator. 
 The Spirit of Elias. The Inspired Translation of the 
 Bible. The Root of Jesse. A Moses The Future 
 Redeemer of Zion. The Marred Servant 80 
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 Sealing with Eternal Life and Sanctification of the Body 
 by John, the Revelator, and the Four Destroying 
 Angels. The 144000 Their Mission, Calling and 
 Sealing 121 
 
 CHAPTER VII 
 
 Greater Things. The Coming Forth of the Record of 
 John and the Sealed Part of the Book of Mormon. 
 The Fullness of the Priesthood 137 
 
 CHAPTER VIII 
 
 The Future Kingdom of God and David, Its King. The 
 Fall of All Nations. The Return of the Ten Lost 
 Tribes. The Remnants of Jacob 145 
 
 The Appeal 178